Home
        RAIDWatch User`s Manual
         Contents
1.                 eese nnns 18  Figure 6 22  Performance Statistics Window                    eese nnns 18  Figure 6 23  Accessing Maintenance Commands                     een 19  Fieure 0 24  Maintenance   Logical DIVES   euer EE eee Esa rue ex eh voe eo EU enone  20  Figure 60 25  Maintenance  Physical Drives siun do D ea aus ee drap Cedo Fu Duo UR Mp UE ov dra n NUS 21  Figure 6 26  Task Schedules  WiIndOw x5  ite esi pO send n CH Us Gas saeua Ub nes ru eee eciuauess leases 23  Figure 6 27  Accessing Configuration Commands                       seen 24  Figure 6 28  Selecting Members for a New Logical Drive                           seeeeeeeeeeseseeeeeeeeeee 25  Figure 6 29  Existing Logical Drives Window                     eese 26  I19ure 0 50  Channel  W iG OW is icedsecei gus tsese ceret p eene uo Un Sieg esu Eu e Iba tendon tuc aetate Bene Cae istae 27  Figure 0 515 Host     nannel ID SeLUTISS czcacaveseentectanaicndneteatnateradisennitanwe ten atanduntadsnelevanonanetectenatas 27    Xl    RAIDWatch User s Manual    Figure 6 32  Host LUN Mapping Right click Menu                         eeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeererrerrreer 28  Figure 6 33  The    Outer Shell  System View Window                    esses 20  Figure 6 34  Opening Device for Multi Array Management                         sees 30  Figure 7 1  Opening the Configuration Parameters Window                        eeeeeeeesseeeeeeeeeerre 2  E1eure 72  Dhe Cominunicatl  l Page   3i serene sete atouts uia du betae ve dUe
2.                Controller CPU PPC750  Cache 256MB  ECC SDRAM   Firmware 3 414  Bootrecord 1 31K  SN 12 Power Supply 0 functioning normally    T Power Supply 1 functioning normally           ea Channel Channel 0  Host  Fibre  Speed 2 GHz   E Channel Channel 1  Host  Fibre  Speed   amp uto   T  he Channel Channel 3  RCCOM  Fibre  Speed  Auto          Logical Drive quen RAID 5  8000MB       to  Lun Chl ID 0  SCSI ID O  LUN  0          Figure 6 16  Enclosure View Window    The Information Category 6 15    RAIDWatch User s Manual    6 16    6 6 2    6 6 3    Tasks Under Process Window    The Tasks Under Process window  shown in Figure 6 17  reminds you of  unfinished tasks being processed by a subsystem  The start time and  percentage of progress are also displayed on screen     Task status    Task Description Status    E  Logica Drive  71488186 On Line intialization 64     as    Alas Drive  11 Media Scan          1       lt a    Aus Drive  13 Media Scan    g       As Drive  15 Media Scan    s  je       Figure 6 17  Task Status Window    Logical Drive Information Window    The Logical Drive Information window  shown in Figure 6 18  provides  the configuration  management  and monitoring functions available in  RAIDWatch  The Logical Drive View window includes three  3  sub   windows  Logical Drive Status  Front View  and Logical Drive Message     Logical Drive Status    RAID Level Size  MB                 Front View    RAID   JBOD ChI 2 1D 114      ET          Description       BB
3.      Glossary   Appendix B  page App 7      RAID Levels   Appendix C  page App 13      C   RAID Description    C 2 Non RAID Storage    C 3 RAID 0     C 4 RAID 1     C 5 RAID 1 0 1      C 6 RAID 3     C 7 RAID 5     C 8 RAID 6      C 9 RAID 10  30  50    Additional References   Appendix D  page App 19      D 1 Java Runtime Environment    D 2 RAIDWatch Update Downloads  amp  Upgrading      D 3 Uninstalling RAIDWatch       Command Summary App 1    RAID Watch User s Manual    Appendix A  Command Summary    A 1     App 2    This appendix describes the commands available in RAIDWatch Manager   These commands are presented either in each configuration window  as  command buttons on pull down menus  or on pop up menus triggered by a  mouse right click     Menu Commands    This section lists and explains the commands available from the menus in  the menu bar     A 1 1 RAID Watch Program Commands    RAIDWatch System Menu Commands  Outer Shell  Window     Open Device Connects RAIDWatch Manager to a particular disk  array system     Auto Discovery   Searches the available RAID systems in the specific  range on the network       Bu   X   Closes the RAIDWatch Manager   Closes the RAIDWatch Manager application                     RAIDWatch Language menu Commands  Outer Shell  Window     English The RAIDWatch GUI  online help will show in  English     Deutsch The RAIDWatch GUI  online help will show in  Deutsch    Japanese The RAIDWatch GUI  online help will show in  Japanese           Comma
4.     7 6 Threshold    Threshold    To access the event threshold options  click the Threshold page in the  Configuration Parameters window     This window allows you to change the preset values on thresholds used to  monitor the condition of the RAID controller unit s  in your subsystem  For  example  these threshold values can be changed if the controller operates in  a system enclosure where the upper or lower limit on ambient temperature is  much higher or lower than that on the RAID controller  Adjusting the  default thresholds can coordinate the controller status monitoring with that  of the system enclosure     It is not recommended to change the threshold values unless out of normal  conditions are expected on the installation site     7 9    RAIDWatch User s Manual    Configuration Parameters    Communication   Controller  System   Password Threshold   Redundant  Trigger   Other               Device Mame Current salue       Min    Value Max value Stal               e Salsas zi   Default  0 C   Default 30     4 within safe ra    Default  OC 3 Default 80 C 3  m 43 3 Value 3 288 V Defaut  2 9 V    Defaultt 3 6 v  Im   54 Value 5019 Vy Defaul  45 v    Defautt  5 5 v j    ILE d   123 Value Default  13 2 V      Temp     Temp  within sate ra         Voltage within acce     Voltage within acce        Voltage within acce       Figure 7 7  The Threshold Page    To change the threshold values on a specific monitored item  for example   the CPU Temp Sensor  right click on the item
5.     RAIDWatch main programs and the RAID agents used to  communicate with a RAID subsystem over in band  connection are installed     RAIDWatch runs on the RAID attached server as a Java  program     Stand alone  on Subsystem  Installation    Main features of the RAID based installation method are listed  below     RAIDWatch revisions 2 0 and above support installation  to array hard drives  A portion of the drive capacity   256MB of disk space  is segregated and formatted on  each hard drive  This segregated portion is called a   reserved space   Once installation begins  RAIDWatch s  main programs are automatically distributed to the  reserved space     RAIDWatch User s Manual    We      NOTE     If the In band connection to RAID arrays is used  the RAIDWatch  program can access the arrays only when one logical drive exists and is  associated with host ID LUNs  Another way to establish In band  connection is to configure RAID subsystems    host LUN settings  Use    LCD panel or RS 232 terminal program to create a logical drive when    you are using a completely new hard array before installing RAIDWatch    version 2 0 or above     There is no need to install the RAIDWatch program to  your management computer     If the arrays are managed by dual redundant controllers  in  the event of single controller failure  the manager interface  can    failover    to a counterpart controller  Operators     access to the system will not be interrupted     The RAID subsystem can be acces
6.     XVI    Part 3  System Monitoring    Chapter 11  System Monitoring  amp  Management    Discusses how to obtain the current status of SAF TE  IC  and S E S   monitoring devices and get updates on the status of storage system  components  Descriptions on how to access these different monitoring  devices are given and the type of information that is offered by these devices  is shown     Chapter 12  Enclosure Display    The Enclosure View customization is discussed fully in this chapter   Detailed instructions on how to access and use the Enclosure View are  given  Examples of status messages are shown and explanations of the status  messages are provided     Chapter 13  NPC Utility    An independent NPC configuration utility is added for use with RAIDWatch  installation without the Configuration Client functionality  Although not as  powerful as the Configuration Client  NPC provides basic event  notifications over email  LAN broadcast  and SNMP traps     Chapter 14  Central Management Utility    The Central Management utility provides Online monitoring of Infortrend  RAID subsystems in the network  enhancing ease of use     Appendices    Appendix A  Command Summary    Summarizes the available commands and command buttons in RAIDWatch  and the Configuration Client utility     Appendix B  Glossary    Provides information on definitions of key technology terms used in this  manual     Appendix C  RAID Levels    Provides information about the various RAID levels     Appendix D 
7.    Channel Configuration Window     Section 8 1  page 8 2    User Configurable Channel Parameters     Section 8 2  page 8 3    8 2 1 Channel Mode    6 2 2 Termination    8 2 3 Default Transfer Clock  in MHz     6 2 4 ID Pool   AID   BID      Setting the Configurations for a Channel   Section 8 3  page 8 6    Channel Configuration Window 8      RAIDWatch User s Manual    8 1    Channel Configuration Window    I O Channel configuration options are available under the Configuration  category  which is found in the lower section of the navigation panel     To access the Channel window  use either the command from the Action    menu or select the Channel icon from the navigation panel   See Figure    8 1      W RAIDWatch    System Language    window Help    W A16F R1A2 Array       System   Action           Configuration FK         ia Logical Valurr      ge Fibre Channe     1 System     Statistics     gt  Maintenance  E b Logical Drives  i Physical Drives            Task Schedules    n9    Ea Configuration  b  Create Logical Drive   Fp Existing Logical Drives   IR Create Logical valume       Existing Logical Drives    Create Logical volume    Channel  Host LUN Mapping    Configuration Parameters    Information P al  Maintenance lracess Channel    Create Logical Drive    el 0  Host  Fih  nel 1  Host  Fib  nel 7  Drive  Fik   ael 3  Drive  Fik   gt  2  Drive  8   nel 13  Drive  S  nel 14  Drive  S  Channel 15  Drive  S  Channel 15  Drive  S  Channel 17  Drive  S    Channel 18  Drive 
8.    Chapter 5  RAIDWatch Icons    Host LUN Mapping    A logical drive  Different logical drives are presented using icons    of different colors     A logical volume    Partition s  of   5D8D3BEB A partitioned array       i volume is represented  Index  D  Offset  OMB  Size  14346MB i 5i asa color bar tha t can  be split into many  segments  Each color  segment indicates a  partition of a    configured array     Configuration Parameters    5 5 Event Log Icons    Event Messages    Severity Levels       An informational message  Command processed message sent  from the firmware    A warning message  System faults    An alert message  Errors that need immediate attention    Event Type       Type of messages detected by the subsystem  The event view panel displays  icons representing specific categories using the same icons as those used in    the System Information window        Event Log Icons 5 7    RAIDWatch User s Manual    This page is intentionally  left blank       5 8 Event Log Icons    Chapter 6    Basic Operations    This chapter describes the RAIDWatch screen elements and basic  operations       Starting RAIDWatch Agents     Section 6 1  page 6 3      Starting RAIDWatch Manager     Section 6 2  page 6 4      6 2 1 Locally or via LAN under Windows 2000  2003  Environments      6 2 2 Locally or via LAN under Linux Environments    6 2 3 Locally or via LAN under Solaris Environments       6 2 4 For Remote Management via Web Browser  Any  Supported OSes       Start Using RA
9.    Edit    Partition s  of LD  58A781CC       Figure 9 24  The Edit Partition Command Window            Step 4  If the array has not been partitioned  all of its capacity appears as  one single partition  Single click to select the partition  the color  bar      Step 5  Right click or select the Edit command to display the Add  Partition command  Click to proceed     9 26 Partitioning a Logical Configuration      y Chapter 9  Drive Management       Step 6  The Partition Size window displays  Enter the desired capacity    and press OK to proceed     Input E LEN     e Please input partition size   ce         Figure 9 25  The Partition Size Window    fay   Qj Step 7  Shown below is a capacity partitioned into two  Each partition is  displayed in a different color  Repeat the above process to create  more partitions or click to view its information  A new partition    is created from the existing partition        dit Periit    Edit       Partition s  of LD  3F744216       Index  0  Offset  OMB  Size  300E                 Figure 9 26  The Edit Partition Command Window    The arrow buttons help you travel from one partition to another     9 4 3 Partitioning a Logical Volume      9 Step 1  Select the logical volume you wish to partition  Move your  cursor onto the Logical Volume Status window  Right click to    display the Edit Partition command menu     Logical Volume Status       Members   Logical Volume Parameters    It 3EDBESAS  Size  200 EC Good  Expand Properties              
10.    Enclosure View    RAID   JBOD                   coe           Top of LED Front      Panel  Information Summary  Device         Controller CPLEPPC S  FX  Cache  255MB  ECC DDR   Firmyvare 3 516 13  Bootrecorc  cu Channel Channel 0  Hast  Fibre  Speed     T Channel Channel 1  Host  Fibre  Speed     1 Logical Drive     ID  TBBCSBOD  NRAID  34812MB    E   ninical Drive Ir SaNtAACA RAD 1 12r nmm    Figure 12 5  Service LED lights up    After servicing the subsystem  the administrator should turn off this service  LED by manually pressing the service button on the chassis or remotely  using the RAIDWatch management software     12 4 Enclosure View Messages    The messages shown in the Enclosure View window provide easy access to  information about components of a RAID enclosure that is being monitored   The message tag reports the status of major devices     Enclosure View       RAID   JBOD ChI 2 1D 113                 Redundant Controller is Scanning     BBU Disable         Slot  27   Chk 2 ID 26  IFT ES A16F J    Inf  tion S Size MB   76058  Status  Good  Speed  2 0GB       Fan 0 functioning normally  Fan 1 functioning normally  Fan 2 functioning normally  Fan 3 functioning normally  Power Supply 0 functioning normally                                          Controller 2   Cache  LIGAT  T Im are 3    Bootrecord 1  31K  SN     Controll CPU PPC750  Cache  256MB  EC 3 414  Boot d 1 31K  SN         T z 5     Power Supply 1 functioning normally  TAA Channel Channel 0  Host  Fibre 
11.    File Language Help  Add Hast    UT BANNER       Figure 4 4  Add Host Command     9   Please input the RootAgent server address       Figure 4 5  Input Root Agent Dialog Box    e NOTE     The Root Agent IP is usually the computer IP where the Configuration    Client is installed      y Step 3  The connected IP displays on the left of the Connection View  window  Select the IP and click the Connect Root Agent Server  icon  see Figure 4 6  or right click on the displayed IP to display  the Connect commands   See Figure 4 7        wit Configuration Client    File Language yn TET     ofl Deol Lr    E Connecti Puisapa     annect Rootagent Server       ir         MIF  192 168 133 221  Y C SIA L A I YY    Figure 4 6  Connect Commands    4A The Configuration Client Utility    Chapter 4  Configuration Client Options    iu Configuration Client    File Language Help            IMP  132 153 1949 Lum  Delete Host          Connect    Dy Stonnect        Generate Dummy Event  Ixefresh        Figure 4 7  Connect Commands    Qj Step 4  The Configure user dialog box appears  Select to log in either as  an Administrator or Guest  An administrator has the authority to  change any configuration client settings  unlike a guest is  allowed to view the settings only   See Figure 4 8     au Configure user Ed    rH    Figure 4 8  Access Rights Selection Box       S        Step 5  When login as an administrator  enter  root  as the  authentication code in the Password dialog box at the first time  log
12.    Host Bus Adapter     an HBA is a device that permits a PC bus to  pass data to and receive data from a storage bus  such as SCSI or  Fibre Channel      A computer  typically a server  which uses a RAID system  internal  or external  for data storage     Host LUN    PC     See Host and LUN    Host LUN  is another term for a LUN     Inter Integrated Circuit     a type of bus designed by Philips  Semiconductors  which is used to connect integrated circuits  IC  is a multi master bus  which means that multiple chips can be  connected to the same bus and each one can act as a master by  initiating a data transfer     In Band SCSI    iSCSI     Also known as    in band    or  In band    A means whereby RAID  management software can use SCSI cabling and protocols to  manage a controller   Note  in band SCSI is typically used in place  of RS 232 for controller management      In band is also implemented with a Fibre Channel host connection     iSCSI is Internet SCSI  Small Computer System Interface   an  Internet Protocol  IP  based storage networking standard for  linking data storage facilities  developed by the  Internet  Engineering Task Force  IETF      App 7    RAID Watch User s Manual       App 8    ISEMS    Infortrend Simple Enclosure Management System     an I  C based  enclosure monitoring standard developed by Infortrend  Technologies  Inc     JBOD    Just a Bunch of Disk     non RAID use of multiple hard disks for  data storage     JRE    Java Runtime Environment     th
13.    et    9 Step 2  To create a new email notification  click Create on the top right  of the screen or right click on the lower half of the configuration  screen to display the Add Email Recipient dialog box     Module Config   Plugin   Create Plugin      Module Name  Email       Disable  1           RAID Event Right click on the  lower level of  Configuration screen          Figure 4 31  Adding Email Notification    Nu i    Step 3  An Add Email Recipient dialog box appears  Enter an email  address that 1s able to receive email notification     Add Email recipient s X     Email Address    Severity h            Figure 4 32  Add Email Recipient Dialog Box         9   jf Step 4  Select the severity level of events to be sent to the receiver s  email    Q    Sender Side    Step 5  Repeat this process to add more email addresses     From the Module Config window     Nur  qQ Step 1  Find the email settings from the Module Name pull down list      o O     Step 2  Click the On Off switch beside the pull down list button to  enable Email notification     Switched ON Switched OFF       n i   y Step 3  Double click on the Current Value field of the Status row to  enable email notification     a is      Step 4  Select the severity level of events to be sent to the receiver  station     4 08 Event Notification Settings     Chapter 4  Configuration Client Options    o      9 Step 5  Enter the mail subject by double clicking the Current Value  field   P i    Step 6  Set your SMTP mail serve
14.   NOTE     The discussions below do not include all possibilities  RAIDWatch  supports various configurations and the combinations of machines  running components installed in any of the three different modes     1  A RAID Server Chosen as the Centralized Management Station   Applied in heterogeneous environments where multiple arrays are  serving different hosts applications and scattered in distant locations   Access management over the network is achieved through data  exchanges between a local or remote RAIDWatch Manager station   can be a RAID server or not  and RAID agents that are installed on  the RAID servers or RAID subsystems themselves  The management  center and the RAIDWatch station can be two different machines     A Root agent is installed on a computer chosen to be the  management center  Figure 0 4 shows a typical connection and    Featured Highlights    Chapter 1  Introduction    Table 0 1 shows the modules installed and the installation mode    required     Installation Software Modules    Mode One Management Center   Root Agent   Configuration Client utility    RAID Servers  servers A  B  and C  via in   band    Mode Three Independent Array    Table 0 1  Software Modules  Heterogeneous RAIDWatch Connection       RAIDWatch in DAS Environment    Independent             Server E  Server F    Remote  Browser       oe   af       UMANE    eee Ty       e        Server A     Management  Station                AI       D Agents on Server      or      Agents on RAI
15.   RAIDWatch User s Manual       Advanced Settings 3  x     General   IPSec      Connect by using    Local adapter    Default ba    Source IP    Default ha         Target Fortal    m      CRC   Checksum    Data digest   Header digest    CHAP helps ensure data security by providing authentication between  a target and an initiator trying to establish a connection  To use it  specify the same target CHAP secret that was configured an the target  for this initiator     User name  Jian  1 991 06  cam micrasalt jpvi server    Target secret       E Perform mutual authentication    To use mutual CHAP specify an initiator secret an the Initiator Settings  page and configure that secret on the target     tea   m        2  Microsoft iSCSI initiator uses IQN as the default User name for    CHAP setting  A different User name can be specified here instead of  the default     3  For more information on CHAP related settings  please refer to the  documentation that came with your initiator hardware or software  drivers     10 8 LUN Mapping    Chapter 11    oystem Monitoring and Management      RAID Information     Section 11 1  page 11 2    11 1 1 The Information Category  11 1 2 Date and Time   11 1 3 Enclosure View   11 1 4 Task Under Process    11 1 5 Event Log List Configuration List Window      Logical Drive Information     Section 11 2  Page 11 8    11 2 1 Accessing Logical Drive Information      Logical Volume Information     Section 11 3  page 11 10    11 3 1 Accessing Logical Volum
16.   Sc RU USUS ee ALCL SII E E T See Me n CM SATURNI DPRLE A AAT N        Click to select a logical drive from the list above   FrontView O   View Functions          RAID JBOD ChI 2 1D 113  a Media Scan   Regenerate Parity Rebuild eel                    Rebuilt      Figure 9 14  Displaying the Rebuild Command Menu    9 2 7 Deleting an LD    If you want to delete an LD from your RAID subsystem  follow the steps  outlined below  Remember that deleting an LD results in all the data on    Logical Drive Management 9 17    RAIDWatch User s Manual    the LD being deleted and any data that was previously stored on the LD  will be irretrievable     IMPORTANT     Deleting a logical drive irretrievably wipes all data currently stored on  the logical drive     Nu      t   Step 1  Select the logical drive you wish to remove with a single mouse   click  Right click on the adjacent screen area  A command menu    will prompt as shown in Figure 9 15     Logical Drives         lm   RAD Level      AERAR       Edit Partition    Click to select a logical drive fron the list above  Delete Logical Drive      Front View   Functions    RAID   JBOD Chl 0 1D 16   JBOD Chl 0 10 32      Properties   Add Disk   Expand      LD Assigrenent   Primary Controller       Hame  fka 2  Wiribe Policy   petaur     Apphy       Figure 9 15  Displaying the Logical Drive Command Menu    Nu         yj Step 2  Select the Delete Logical Drive command  The delete process is  completed almost immediately           yj Step 3  O
17.   See Figure  0 6   The management session and the NPC configuration screen are  invoked as a Java Applet     Installation Software Modules    RAID Arrays    Table 0 3  Software Modules  Management Only       RAIDWatch Installed onto RAID         Local  Remote    ET    EonStor   RAID  Arrays     gt  RAID Watch Programs   gt  Firmware      Emibedded agents    http server          Figure 0 6  Typical RAIDWatch Connection     Applet Mode    1 8 Featured Highlights    Chapter 1  Introduction    1 2 5 Multi Language Support    RAIDWatch is a useful RAID management tool that is being used  worldwide  The software is currently available in four  4  languages   English  Deutsch  Spanish and Japanese  Support for other languages is  under development  The language display is easily changed using the  language selection on the program menu bar  As soon as a language is  selected  the user interface  wizards  and online help display the chosen  language     1 2 6 Password Protection    RAIDWatch Manager comes with password protection to prevent  unauthorized users from modifying the configuration of the RAID system   With the password security feature  you have control over array settings  knowing that the currently managed disk array is safe from unauthorized  modifications because the correct password must be entered for each access  level     The RAIDWatch management screen has a navigation tree panel that  provides access to functional windows under three major categories     e Info
18.   The Configuration button  will prompt   See Figure 7 7  Left click on the Configuration button to  bring up the Configuration prompt window   See Figure 7 8     Configuration Parameters    Communication  Controller   System   Password Threshold   Redundant  T       blax    Defaulti 9C  Default  8C  Defaulti 3 1  Default  5    Defaulti 12    Current salue Mini Salue            Device Mare         jT CPU Temp Sensor    E Beard Temp Sensor 35 0C Default  0 C    jv   3 3V Value 3288 V Default 2 9 v 3  il  54 Value 5018 v Default  4 5 V      129 Value            Wi Threshold   x     PLI Temp Sensor    Lower Threshold  from 0 to 20   o    Upper Threshold  fram 50 to 100   40              Disabled  setta  1    Apply   Default   Cancel         Figure 7 8  The Threshold Configuration Prompt Window    A WARNING     The upper or lower thresholds can also be disabled by entering     1    in  the threshold field  However  users who disable the thresholds do this at  their own risk  The controller s  will not report condition warning when    the original thresholds are exceeded     You may then enter a value in either the lower or upper threshold field     e NOTE     If a value exceeding the safety range is entered  an error message will  prompt and the new parameter will be ignored     Click Apply for the configuration change to take effect     7 10 Threshold    Chapter 7  Configuration Parameters    Click Default to restore the default values for both thresholds     Click Cancel to can
19.   The cover of the manual and the  header footer through out the manual were modified to match the hardware  manual  Graphics for note  caution  important  and warning messages were  added  In Chapter 3  some figures for notification settings were added to  make the description more clear  The Generate Dummy Event function is  added to the Configuration Client management utility  In the same chapter   GSM modem information for SMS message event notification function was  also added  A new Task Schedule icon was added in Chapter 4  In Chapter  5  Section 5 9  Multi array Management was added  SCSI channel and  compatible cables were explained clearer in Chapter 8     August 10  2004    Revised for RAIDWatch revision 2 1  Added descriptions for new  configuration options including the NPC utility for the Applet mode  installation  Added Chapter 13  NPC Utility     April 20  2004    Completely revised for RAIDWatch 2 0  but still kept the manual structure   Although software revision 2 0 has a brand new look and feel and a different  configuration access  the available configuration options are basically the  same  One chapter  Event Monitor  was removed because the functionality  was combined with GUI screen interface  The chapter for NPC functionality  was also removed because the event notifications were integrated with the  Configuration Client utility     October 15  2003    Chapter 13 and Chapter 14 were merged into a single chapter  Chapter 13   Panel View  This chapter g
20.   i 77 ranta   amied tied    Figure 9 1  Accessing the Create Logical Drive Window          yj Step 2  The configuration screen shown in Figure 9 2 should appear     9 4 Logical Drive Management    Chapter 9  Drive Management    Create Logical Drive    Front View   Selected Members      RAID   pot ee     238214  238214             238214   238214             Drive Size  MB     238214 RAID Level   RAID 6 v    Stripe Size   128K Default  v   Write Policy   Default v    Initialization   On Line v      OK   Reset      Figure 9 2  The Create Logical Drive Window    9 2 2 Creating Logical Drives    9 2 2 1  LD Creation    To create a logical drive     E         Step 1  Select the physical drives that will be used in the LD   See Section 9 2 2 2   P 3 Step 2  Select the following RAID parameters   See Section 9 2 2 3      Drive Size     Stripe Size     Initialization Mode      RAID Level       Write Policy    4m     Step 3  Click the OK button   See Section 9 2 2 4     9 2 2 2  Selecting Drives    W    Step 1  Select members for the new logical drive by clicking drive icons in the  Front View window  Bad drives or drives being used by another logical    drive are unavailable for the creation process     u      Step 2  Drives selected for a new logical drive will be listed in the Selected  Members sub window on the right hand side of the screen     4  Q Step 3  Continue to set appropriate RAID parameters in the Select menu at the  lower part of the configuration screen     Logical Dr
21.  13    RAIDWatch User s Manual    4 4 Event Notification Settings    4 14    4 4 1    4 4 2    Configuration Client Notification Methods    Configuration Client provides the following methods for sending  notifications  SNMP traps  email  LAN broadcast  fax  SMS  and MSN  Messenger  Some notification methods  such as the connection to a fax  machine  require Windows MAPI support on the servers used as the  Configuration Client platform     To configure the Event Notification  previous NPC  settings  select  Module Config from the right hand side of GUI screen  Scroll down the  pull down menus to create or modify various notification methods     There are seven notification methods listed in the pull down menus   Along with seven different means of informing RAID managers that an  event has occurred  fax  broadcast  email  SNMP traps  SMS  and MSN  messenger   the severity level of events to be sent via these notification  methods can also be configured     Event Severity Levels    You may select a severity level for every notification method using the  Event Severity Level setting  Each level determines events of what  severity level s  are to be sent to a receiver  See Table 4 1 for severity  level descriptions     All severity levels    Two levels  Warning and Alert  Only the most serious events  Alert messages    Table 4 1  Levels of Notification Severity       The event security level can be set during notification function setting  If  you wish to modify the security lev
22.  Additional References    Provides information about Java Runtime environment  software download   and uninstallation     RAIDWatch User s Manual    Usage Conventions  Throughout this document  the following terminology usage rules apply      Controller  always refers to Infotrend RAID array controllers          Subsystem    refers to Infortrend EonStor 8   12   16 bay or 24 bay  RAID array subsystems          RAIDWatch  refers to the entire program and all of its modules          RAIDWatch Manager    refers only to the management interface   not to any other parts of the software          Root Agent  is an independent agent of the software  which  permits one management station to monitor and report the  operating status of multiple RAID systems  The Root Agent gets  information from and sends commands to one or multiple RAID  arrays          RAID Agent    is the part of the software  which allows the RAID  controller subsystem to talk to the RAIDWatch Manager or Root  Agent  A RAID Agent communicates with the RAID array via  SCSI bus  iSCSI or Fibre channels  using the In band protocols   or  via an Ethernet port  RAID Agents are the intermediaries between  RAID systems and the RAIDWatch program          Configuration Client  refers to the software utility that allows an  administrator to be notified of system events at any of the RAID  systems being managed  The Configuration Client also enables  centralized management of multiple arrays using a single  workstation     Imp
23.  Broadcast     Sender side Settings  Nu       Step 2  Fill in or select the following configuration fields     Enabled  Select this check box to enable the notification     13 6 Configuring the Utility Options    Chapter 13  NPC Utility Coupled with Mode Three Installation    Qm    Step 3  Click Apply or OK to proceed with configuration  Note that the  configuration will be saved to the reserved space on the array and  may cause a short delay       ots    Step 4  Click Broadcasting List from the tabbed panel above   Host IP  The IP address a broadcast message will be sent to     Severity  Select the severity level of events to be sent to the  receiver station     Computers receiving broadcast messages will be added to the  Host Name list on the right          Configure   a lis xl    SSE   Notification Process Center Setting         l     EMAIL   SNMP Trap   Broadcast                  Base Setting   BroadCasting List             HostName   Severity  192 166 1666     1        HostiP       192 168 1 666       Figure 13 8  Broadcast     Receiver side Settings    o     e  Step 5  Click Apply or OK to complete the configuration     IMPORTANT     In a massive capacity configuration  it takes a while for the RAID  subsystem to write the NPC configuration profile to every disk member   DO NOT reset or power down the subsystem before the configuration  can be safely distributed to the array     Also make sure the subsystem s Ethernet port and related TCP IP  settings have been properly
24.  Cancel         Figure 3 11  Choose an Installation Mode       Step 4  If you choose the Custom install on the previous screen  three  3   installation modes will appear  These modes  shown in Figure 3 12   are Centralized Management  Stand alone  on Host   and Stand   alone  on Subsystem        Centralized Management     Selecting this option allows you  to install the RAIDWatch software  a Root Agent  RAID  Agents  Configuration Client utility  and necessary drivers on  the computer chosen as a management center     Software Setup 3 13    RAIDWatch User s Manual    The new Central Management utility is also installed in this  process  The utility provides Online monitoring of Infortrend  RAID subsystems in the network     Stand alone  on Host      Selecting this option will install the  In band driver  RAID agents  for servers that are directly  attached to a RAID subsystem  and the RAIDWatch software  on the local computer     Stand alone  on Subsystem      This will install the software  onto the controller subsystem itself  The EonStor subsystems  come with necessary RAID agents embedded in the firmware   A RAID subsystem will use a small section of formatted disk  space  called the reserved space  to store software related  files  Installed in this mode  RAIDWatch can be started by a  remote browser accessing the IP address assigned to the  subsystem s Ethernet port     If the Stand alone  on Subsystem  installation was selected   you will have to use a web browser to c
25.  Channel    Pm VS  T Teac  EET zu  Host LUN Mapping  di LaS      7  2 HW SC          Logical Drive s  or                Il  1o  58A781CC  Size  1724    ID  55DA14FE  Size  200ME       we    Figure 10 1  Select the Host LUN Mapping Window    Nu i    y Step 2  The Host LUN Mapping window should appear on the right   Right click on the Host LUN s  sub window to display PID   Primary controller ID  SID  Secondary controller ID  command  menu as shown in Figure 10 2  Infortrend s controllers or  subsystems always come with pre configured IDs  If it is  necessary to add alternative IDs  please select the Channel icon    from the navigation panel     Accessing the LUN Map Table    Chapter 10  LUN Mapping    Host LUN Mapping    r Host LUNS   Channel ID                   Logical Drive  olume Partition Size MB   Add LUN Map to PID    Remove LUN Map                   r Host Lun Filter s  WANN Name s   Logical      Partition Host ID   Host ID       Filter Type   Access     WAN Name Host ID                         Logical Drive s  or Volume   s        lE O  59A781CC  Size  1724598  l ID  55DA14FE  Size  200MB       Partition s  of LD  58A781CC    B uj    Index  0  Offset  OMB  Size  17245MB          Figure 10 2  Selecting the Host Channel ID Number    tiny      Step 3  After selecting the ID  the LUN Map Setting window appears as  shown in Figure 10 3        I Add new LUN to host E X   TLUN Map Setting  rChannel ID s  SCSI ID s  LUNs                          rLogical Drive s    Yolume s  
26.  Drive Information    Logical Volume information    av Fibre Channel Status       the     System informason       Up  Statsvies Information Summary  i      Maintenance    Devce Descnpton    Configuration a Controller CPU PPC 50  Cache 128MB  ECC SDRAM   Fremmenre 3 41 A  Boolrecord 1 31H  SN 8250054  E  Create Logical Drive 4    Chere Channel 0  Host  Fibre  Speed 2 GHz   Fp bursting Logs     Drwas  a Channel Channel 1  Host  Fibre  Speed 2 GHz     ie Create Logical Volume     um Existing Logscat volumes       p Channel    Lo  gcai Drive OPCs RAD 1  23021 AND  Logical Orive     2067 02FD  RAD 1  220214  Logical Drive ip 572665555 RAD 1  17644006    Logea Drive DODE MAD 1  220021 4M    poa  mee cm m gm    sxe MOS LUN Mapping    Lun Chi DO  SCSI 112  LUNO  JL  Configuration Parameters x  ze Un Cni 000   751 6 112  LU  co Lun Cn D  SCS 0 112  LUN 2  ame Lun CHD0 5C9 D 112  UNS    ama  Lun CHIDO  SCSI 112  LUNE       Figure 0 1  Enclosure View Window    The enclosure window shown in Figure 0 1 provides real time reporting of  the status of enclosure components  including components that can be  accessed through the front or the rear side of an enclosure  When a drive  fails  the system highlights the corresponding LED icon of the failed drive  by changing its display color  When you remove a drive  its icon is removed  from the enclosure window  This feature is particularly useful in cases when  a drive fails  and you need to identify its exact location for subsequent  replacemen
27.  In the Event View Option window  the tabbed panel on the top of  the window allow you to switch between the Filter and Column    pages     You may set the event sorting criteria  the type of events you like to  export  the severity of the event and the time occurrence range in the  Filter page of the Event View Option window  The Column page  allows you to select the related display items when showing the  events  Click Apply for the changes to take effect  The Event Log  List window will immediately display the event list following the  new criteria  Click OK to exit the window  or click Default to return  to the system default settings     e Event Log Clear Option  This option allows you to clear the event  logs in the Event Log List window  All event logs will be erased  when you select Clear All Logs option  Select the Clear Log  Precede Index  X option will erase the events that range from the  beginning to the one you selected     Configuration List Window  Every detail of the RAID system is presented in the Configuration List    window  The information includes system information  controller  settings  logical drive setting s   logical volumn setting s   channel    RAID Information    RAIDWatch User s Manual    setting s   host LUN list  drive side parameters  caching parameters  and    communication information               ATBF R1211 Array  182 158 5 81    3 System Information    amp  CPU Type  PPC 5  0     Total Cache Size  512MB  ECC SDRAM  Export Configuration D
28.  LY Assignment        Marie Policy    m      Figure 9 27  The Edit Partition Command       Q    Partitioning a Logical Configuration 9 27    RAIDWatch User s Manual    Step 2  Select Edit Partition from the menu     t  Step 3  The Edit Partition mode window displays as shown below           Edit Partition  E dit    Partition s  of LV  3FEC3Q034    Figure 9 28  The Edit Partition Window        Step 4  If the volume has not been partitioned  all of its capacity appears  as one single partition  Single click to select the partition  the  color bar       y Step 5  Right click or select the Edit command to display the Add  Partition command  Click to proceed      y Step 6  The Partition Size window displays  Enter the desired capacity  and press OK to proceed     Input E LENS      2  Please input partition size   ce         Figure 9 29  The Partition Size Window     y Step 7  Shown below is a capacity partitioned into two  Each partition is  displayed in a different color  Repeat the above process to create    more partitions or click to view its information         Edit Partition  Edit       Partition s  of LV  3FEC3034          Index  0  Offset  OMB  Size  100MB       Figure 9 30  The Edit Partition Window    The arrow buttons help you travel from one partition to another     9 28 Partitioning a Logical Configuration    Chapter 9  Drive Management    9 5  Physical Drive Maintenance    9 5 1    Front View      RAID         Figure 9 31     Q Stepl       J Step 2     Q Step 3   Q S
29.  MB s     6 7 The Maintenance Category    The Maintenance category provides access to logical and physical drives  and performs maintenance functions that help ensure the integrity of the  configured arrays  The operation of the Maintenance window also includes  access through the Navigation Panel and a functional window     To access the maintenance category  either select the icon from the  navigation tree or go to the Action Command menus and then select  Maintenance on the top of the screen   See Figure 6 23     D  Array  Syster   Action  Information     Fk  s 100 230      ogical Drives       Maintenance P Logical Drives          configuration P    Physical Drives    Task Schedules            oe on PA ee ee  Pm m  E LL  miENI Lum LN a  LL ML  Li ah B      Tasks Under Process    i i      anical Drive Infnrmatinn  Figure 6 23  Accessing Maintenance Commands    The Maintenance Category 6 19    RAIDWatch User s Manual    6 20    6 7 1 Logical Drives Maintenance Window    When the Logical Drives maintenance window is opened  the screen shown  in Figure 6 24 should appear     nile ema      T Tasks Under Process Logical Drives    a L  gical Drive Information   n LDN    Logics  Volume Information pena RAI 22D  A  ET NALD  Em  Good                 Fibre Channel Statue REAR TITA DUET cod   A Dabin Irifesrnalian  ITI eeg Clickto select a logical drive from tne list above   MES Maintenance  E Fre Front Wiew Functions  ple peu   al Phy tnn RAID   j amp oD chE240 114    Meta Sean   Reg
30.  Manual    13 1  The NPC Utility    13 2    13 1 1 Introduction    NPC stands for    Notification Processing Center     This utility is used to  deliver event messages when the main RAIDWatch modules are installed to  a RAID subsystem   s segregated disk capacity  the reserved space  NPC is  implemented to manage event notification functions since the Configuration  Client utility is not available with the Mode 3 installation scheme  With  Mode 3 installation  arrays are accessed directly through network  connections without installing the manager software and utilities onto a  server  The NPC utility is automatically distributed to a disk array s reserved  space when installing RAIDWatch using the Mode 3 scheme     13 1 2 To Access the Utility    The NPC utility is easily accessed using a web browser over the network   ai    Q Step 1  Open a web browser program          Step 2  Enter  http    lt controller IP gt  configure htm  in the web  browser s URL field     o et  Qj Step 3  A safe content warning message might prompt  Click Yes to    proceed   See Figure 13 1        Warning   Security x     Do you want to trust the signed applet distributed by  Infortrend Inc          Publisher authenticity verified by   Infortrend Inc    A The security certificate was issued by a company that is not trusted     fe       ly The security certificate has not expired and is still valid     Caution   Infortrend Inc   asserts that this contentis safe  You should only accept  this content if
31.  R EE TRAR 7  Figure 9 1  Accessing the Create Logical Drive WindoW        sesseeeseeseeeeeeeeeeereeeeseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeees 4  Figure 9 2  The Create Logical Drive WmndoWsntcrenesi a 5  Figure 9 3  Accessing the Existing Logical Drives Window              ccccsssssceeeeeceeceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeees 7  Tewe S A M Wirral BID c T                                         8  Figure 9 5  The Add Drive Command Sub window            cccccccssssscssccceneceecceceeeeecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8  Figure 9 6  The Add Drive Command Sub window           ccccccccssssssccsccneccccceeeeeececeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 9  Figure 9 7  The Expand Command Sub window                        ees 10  Figure 9 8  The Expand Command Sub window                        eene 11  Predre 9 97 RAID  Expansion Mode I   teoria ho Fo edet oth Ee tap EA E EAA 13  Figure 9 10  RAID Expansion Mode 2  1 3                    esses 14  Figure 9 11  RAID Expansion Mode 2  2 3                 cccccccceeecceccsseceeesssssesseseeeeeeeceeeccetsoneeeessess 14  Figure 9 12  RAID Expansion Mode 2  3 3                    esses 15  Figure 9 13  The    Maintain Spare  Button                  eee ener etie tette tnn ein entia nonne sae 16  Figure 9 14  Displaying the Rebuild Command Menu                          eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeereerereerrs 17  Figure 9 15  Displaying the Logical Drive Command Menu                        esee 18  Figure 9 16  Accessing the Create Logical Volume Window              cccccccscccceeneeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeees 19  Fig
32.  RAID subsystems in the network      Compatible with most popular computer working environments   Windows  Linux  Solaris and Mac OS X operating systems  compatible with the Java Run time Environment    1 2 Featured Highlights    1 2 1 Graphical User Interface  GUI     RAIDWatch manager is designed for ease of use  It uses symbolic icons to  represent configuration levels  physical and logical drives  and logical  volumes on the screen  and to identify the current configuration of a disk  array system  Pull down  right click  and pop up menus are used with all  command options     You need only point and click a mouse button to select an icon or  command  The program also displays the current status of various disk  drives or enclosure components by changing the color of their respective  LED icons     With an easy to use interface  complicated disk array operations such as  logical drive and logical volume creation  drive partitioning  and drive  partition mapping to host channels LUNs can be completed with just a few  mouse clicks     The Central Management utility  an entrance portal to RAIDWatch   provides convenient monitoring of Infortrend RAID subsystems in the  network  The utility also provides an instant event log  which can be  exported to a text file     Featured Highlights 1 3    RAIDWatch User s Manual    1 2 2 Enclosure View    I  A18F G1A2 Array  192 169 4 172        Enclosure View     CJ information  ES Jencouur Vin RAID  ME Tasks Under Process      aL  Loge 
33.  S  Channel 19  Drive  S                         Figure 8 1  Accessing Channel Configuration Window    Once the Channel window has been opened and channel items have  appeared  click on the channel that needs to be configured and its    configuration window will appear on the right   See Figure 8 2     8 2    Channel Configuration Window    Chapter 8  Channel Configuration    Channel       Channel 0  Host Fibre  Speed 2 GHz  Parameters   iD    Channel 1  Host  Fibre  Speed  Auto   Channel 2  Drive  Fibre  Speed  2 GHz  Current Data Rate  2 GHz  Channel 3  RC COM  Fibre  Speed  Auto     Channel 12  Drive  SATA  Speed  1 5 GHz  Default Data Rate  Auto     mw  Channel 13  Drive  SATA  Speed  1 5 GHz   Channel 14  Drive  BATA  Speed  1 5 GHz  Current Transfer Viidth  Serial  Channel 15  Drive  SATA  Speed  1 5 GHz  ditis GredtxcaaiN  Channel 15  Drive  SATA  Speed  1 5 GHz   Channel 17  Drive  SATA  Speed  1 5 GHz  Port Name  3100000023000233    x Channel 18  Drive  SATA  Speed  1 5 GHz     Channel 18  Drive  SATA  Speed  1 5 GHz        Apply      Figure 8 2  Selecting a Channel  Fibre Host    The following sections describe user configurable channel parameters     8 2 User Configurable Channel Parameters    Once the channel has been selected  the screen shown in Figure 8 3 will  appear in the content window  The different options are discussed below        Z      NOTE     A SCSI host channel is shown in Figure 8 3     Channel Parameters  EonStor Series    Host Channel       Chan
34.  Speed 2 GHz   T  PAA Channel Channel 1  Host  Fibre  Speed   amp uto     T    t Channel Channel 3  RCCOM  Fibre  Speed  Auto   E Logical Drive ID  7T84BB6A AE  RAID 5  S000MB  xxx  Lun Chi ID 0  SCSI ID O  LUN  O          Figure 12 6  Component Information Message Tags    To generate the message tags  move the mouse cursor onto the relevant  RAID device component  For example  if you wish to determine the  operational status of a RAID subsystem  move the cursor onto the enclosure  graphic and the corresponding message tag will appear     The enclosure front view message tag displays the current configuration of  the drive  including the channel number of the drive slot on the subsystem to    Enclosure Display 12 5    RAIDWatch User s Manual    which the drives are connected  the drive   s capacity  transfer rate  and  current status     The enclosure components function as a summary of module operating  status  The operating status of each module is shown either as operating  normally or failed     e NOTE     Messages do not always appear instantaneously  After the cursor has  been moved onto the component  there is usually a delay of a second  before the message tag appears         m    c3    NOTE     More device dependent information is provided in the System  Information window  To access the System Information window  please  refer to Chapter 6     12 5 Information Summary    The Information Summary window displays key information on the  subsystem currently selected  in
35.  The active window is raised to the top of the screen  If you  connect more than one RAID system  this command allows you to  switch between different system view windows  The Next Window  command is useful if you want to circulate through all the windows  on the screen       Tile All  Use the Tile All command to arrange and display all system  view windows  This allows you to view multiple systems  simultaneously       Cascade All  Use the Cascade All command to diagonally arrange  and display all system view windows on the screen  This allows you  to view multiple systems at a glance       Hide All  When you select this command  all active system view  windows will be minimized to small icons on the bottom left of the  RAIDWatch screen  To enlarge the system view window  click on the  icon s        Close All  If you select this command  all the RAID systems will be  discounted and every system view windows will be closed       System List  A list of connected RAID systems is shown in the    Window menu  To view a specific system  mouse click on the system  name and its system view window will show up     Arranging Windows 6 29    RAIDWatch User s Manual    6 10 Multi array Management      RAID Watch    System Language Window Help  Open Device rray  192 169 5 62   Exit               A12E  Array 192168           Enclos       m  Information    es  r      i  n n reed eer M TE dep PEE Is  Ims AF noe lad TS TY    ad een ae tien T eae te tv RAI D  T Taceke   Indar Proaroace    Fig
36.  active services on your Centralized  Management station for message broadcasting     Sender Side    From the Module Config window     a is      Step 1  Find the Broadcast settings from the pull down list      amp     9 Step 2  Click on the On Off switch beside the pull down button to enable  LAN broadcast notification     Switched ON Switched OFF    EL ii       Step 3  Double click on the Current Value field of the Status row to  enable LAN broadcast  Set Status to Enable if you want the  module to be activated every time the Root Agent is started  Note  that the On Off switch should also be in the On position before  you turn off the server or close the utility  Otherwise  you will  have to manually enable the function whenever you reboot the  server       ote     Step 4  Select the severity level of events to be sent to the receiver  station     420    Event Notification Settings    Chapter 4  Configuration Client Options    4 4 7 Fax Settings    In order to use fax notification  a fax modem is required and its  parameters must be properly set on the main management station  For NT  servers  Widows MAPI services  modem  and fax must be ready and  running for the notification methods to work     Heceiver Side    To set a fax machine to receive event messages     4m  t   Step 1  Open the Module Configuration page  Use the Module Name  pull down menu to select Fax     Module Config   Plugi                4   Figure 4 36  Selecting Fax Notification    i    Step 2  To create a 
37.  ai sy        Step 3  When the LUN Map window appears  select the appropriate  Channel  SCSI ID  and LUN numbers from the separate pull   down lists above       ow  Qj Step 4  Select a Logical Drive or Logical Volume with a single mouse   click  With a single mouse click on the Partition color bar  select  one of the partitions that you wish to associate with the selected  channel ID LUN number  See Figure 10 5 for the configuration  screen          m Ad d Eiir L     H m      n  e      LUN Map Setting            Ix 3F744216  Size GOOME  D  3EDEBSAS  Size  2008 Partition s  of LO  SEDBBSAS       Bian LUN   Cancel   Map Euri armi Ade Fiter                    Figure 10 5  Select Add New LUN to Host      Step 5  Click on the Map LUN button to complete the process     10 4 LUN Mapping    Chapter 10  LUN Mapping    10 2 3  Deleting a Host LUN Mapping      Step 1  Follow the steps listed in Section 10 1 above to access the LUN    Map Setting window shown in Figure 10 2      amp       Step 2  Left click on a configured LUN and then right click on the       adjacent area  A command menu displays as shown in Figure  10 6  Select Remove LUN Map to complete the process     Host LUN Mapping     Host LUN s   Channel ID SCSI ID Logical Drive olume Partition Size MB   1 101 fi m ol 59441           RAII    Add LUN Map to PID  Add LUN Map to SID  Remove LUN Map                   WWVVN Name s   WAN Name       Logical     Partition Filter Type   Access           Lun Filter s     Figure 10 6  Del
38.  based GUI RAIDWatch manager main program  type YES and  then press Enter  This will launch RAIDWatch manager install  shield  Please refer to Section 3 4 5 for step by step installation  procedures     a oe oe ote oe ote ode oe ote ope ne ode ake ode ope ote ode ote ode ope nte ode ope ode ope ote ode ii ope ate ode ope ode ope nte ode ope ode ope ote oe ie ode oi ote oe a od ope ote oe a ode ote ote ope ote ok akk ae    Java based GUI RAID Manager Installation Procedure    eoo E oE oE E E E ooo ooo o oo o ooo eoe o ooo eoo E EE oe af o ofc af ake ofc af of o E EEEE E E E of afk ok of of ok ok    SECTION I  Java based GUI RAID Manager Installation     NOTE  To install and configure Java based GUI RAID Manager successfully   We highly recommend you refer to INSTALLATION GUIDE in advance     Would you like to install Java based GUI RAID Manager now      Please type yes or no   y       Figure 3 4  The  Run  Window    3 4 5 Installing RAIDWatch on a Mac OS Running Safari  Browser    Enabling Root Access    RAIDWatch installation onto a Macintosh machine running Safari browser  requires you to enable the root account first  The Mac OS ships with the root  account disabled as an intentional security feature to avoid problems that  could arise from casual use of root access     Enabling Disabling the root access requires administrative privileges  You  will need to know the password for the  Admin  account first  If the Admin    3 8 Software Setup    Software Setup    Chapter 3  In
39.  configuration utility    User target name and password are used for the  inbound authentication processes between the called  and calling parties  Names and passwords are identical  here and at the initiator side     User Password   The user password here applies to a one way CHAP  configuration for inbound authentication  Note that  some CHAP configuration utilities may use  secret   instead of  password      Target Name The target name here applies to a two way  mutual   CHAP configuration  Identical target name and  password must be configured on the initiator software  or HBA configuration utility     Target Password   The target password here applies to a two way CHAP  configuration for outbound authentication   IP Address Enter the IP address of an iSCSI initiator         Enter an appropriate NetMask value here           Y    NOTE     Some login authentication utilities provided with iSCSI HBAs on  Windows operating systems require a CHAP password of the length of at  least 12 characters        1  Infortrend supports one way or two way  mutual  CHAP  authentication  With two way CHAP  a separate three way  handshake is initiated between an iSCSI initiator and storage host  port     On the initiator side  for example  Microsoft initiator software    CHAP logon is designated as an option with selectable initiator IQN  name and that of the target secret  to which the CHAP  authentication call will be issued  namely  the host port on your  subsystem      LUN Mapping 10 7  
40.  configured for the NPC functionality to take    effect     Configuring the Utility Options 13 7    RAIDWatch User s Manual    This page is intentionally  left blank       13 8 Configuring the Utility Options    Chapter 14  Centralized Management Utility    This chapter introduces the Centralized Management utility  The following  topics are discussed       Centralized Management Section 14 1  page 14 2    Setting Up the Utility Section 14 2  page 14 2     Centralized Management Connection Section 14 3  page 14 4      Maintenance  amp  Configuration Section 14 4  page 14 4      14 4 1 Icon Labels      14 4 2 System Events    Centralized Management Introduction 14 1    RAIDWatch User s Manual    14 1  Centralized Management Introduction    The Centralized Management utility provides       Online monitoring of Infortrend RAID subsystems over the    network    Creation of instant event logs      Filtering and exporting event logs via text files    The Centralized Management utility is an entrance portal to RAIDWatch  whereby you can configure and maintain subsystems  Simply click the icon    to connect to the subsystem     14 2  Setting Up the Utility    The Centralized Management utility  along with the Configuration Client  and RAIDWatch  can be accessed through the shortcut the icons on your  desktop or traditionally through the Start menu           yj Step 1  Open the Configuration Client and select Add Host   See  Figure 14 1         an Configuration Client   260 Language H
41.  data  The  fact that all numbers have parity is commonly used in data  communications to ensure the validity of data  This is called parity  checking     Redundant Arrays of Independent Disks  Originally    Redundant  Arrays of Inexpensive Disks    The use of two or more disk drives  instead of one disk  which provides better disk performance  error  recovery  and fault tolerance  and includes interleaved storage  techniques and mirroring of important data  See 0     RAID Agent    The RAIDWatch module that manages and monitors a RAID  controller and receives RAIDWatch Manager commands via the  RAID Agent     RAID Agent comes embedded with RAID array firmware  RAID  Agent can also be manually installed onto a server that is directly   attached with a RAID array and communicates with it using the in   band protocols  See description of in band     RAIDWatch Manager    SAF TE    SAN    The RAIDWatch management software interface  It   s part of the  RAIDWatch software     SCSI Accessed Fault Tolerant Enclosures     an evolving enclosure  monitoring device type used as a simple real time check on the  go no go status of enclosure UPS  fans  and other items     Storage Area Network     is a high speed subnetwork of shared  storage devices  A storage device is a machine that contains  nothing but a disk or disks for storing data  A SAN s architecture  works in a way that makes all storage devices available to all  servers on a LAN or WAN  Because stored data does not reside  direc
42.  download the firmware  Find an  appropriate time to temporarily stop the access from host systems   then reset the controller in order to use the new downloaded  firmware     Download FW BR  This allows you to download the firmware and  boot record together  It may not be necessary to upgrade the boot  record each time you update your firmware binaries  Please refer to  the readme text file that came with each firmware version     Download NVRAM from Host Disk  The subsystem configuration  is saved in NVRAM and can be saved to a system drive  This  function allows you to retrieve a previously saved configuration  profile from a system disk        NOTE     All of the download functions will prompt for a file source from the  current workstation     Upload NVRAM to Host Disk  This allows you to backup your  controller dependent configuration information to a system drive     7 7    RAIDWatch User s Manual    We strongly recommend using this function to save the  configuration profile whenever a configuration change is made        Save NVRAM to Disk  The configuration profile can also be saved  to array hard drives  Each array hard drive will have a replica of the  NVRAM backup in its reserved space so that when a drive fails or is  being regrouped  the backup remains intact       Restore NVRAM from Disk  If an administrator wishes to retrieve  the previously saved NVRAM backup from subsystem hard drives   all settings including system password will also be restored  With  thes
43.  e md ette Ue DA do aO avec samen 5 6  TA OSE COMIC  essai uita shel entire E A Le Lat toni seeds tur MALE LOO eM 5 6  HOS LON MAPP T                   5 7  CON QUT AION FarQetets a A RS EU T T EE T 5 7  S  EVENT LOG  CONG iioii oci EHE PIPER ERN ean aee Pe TEE TELE eU UE E LER FOR EE TRES S DERE EL PES HERE PERENNE aasan 5 7  EVent MessapBosss dues E C RI UHR d m Edu TA EM E 5 7    CHAPTER 6 BASIC OPERATIONS    vi    6 1 STARTING RAIDWATCH AGENTS sscscccocssssocnsssssesenscscrovcnsscscesenscnosssesessasesveoesessens 6 3  6 2 STARTING RAIDWATCH MANAGER               e esee een ases ee ens asas sten asses stessa esses ena s ses eno 6 4  6 2 1 Locally or via LAN under Windows 2000  2003 Environments                       6 4  6 2 2 Locally or via LAN under Linux Environments               eee 6 5  6 2 3 Locally or via LAN under Solaris Environments              eese 6 5  6 2 4 For Remote Management via Web Browser  Any Supported OSes                 6 5  6 3 START USING RAIDWATCH MANAGER             eee eee esee seen ases tensa sesto s asses teens ases eno 6 6  6 3 1 Connecting toa JUATDSHDSYSTOUL did dee ix e te futi de a Dd 6 6  6 3 2 USING dhedpent LIST WIROOW udssee tectis det oio dace dett aet pent modes 6 7  6 3 3 Disconnecting and Refreshing a Connection                   eese 6 9  6 4 SECURITY  AUTHORIZED ACCESS LEVELS                   ee eee esee eee enne netten a saa e et tnasae 6 10  EG 9 0  AND FRED D                      6 11  6 5 1 Look and Peel OVerFpleWw  eieci
44.  email notification functionality     Enabled  Select this check box to enable email notification     Subject  Allows you to append a subject matter to event  notification emails  e g      Events from RAID 3 array      a is   qQ Step 3  Click Apply or OK to proceed with configuration  Note that the  configuration will be saved to the reserved space on the array and  may cause a short delay     Nu i       Step 4  Click Mail Address List from the tabbed panel above     Fill in or select the following configuration fields      Configure 1 1 k     SSL Notification Process Center Setting      EMAIL   SNMP Trap    Broadcast         PEE        Base Setting   Mail Address List        Basi 3 TELE T E  xe    Receiver  Hecermer s Email                Figure 13 4  Email Notification     Receiver Side Settings    13 4 Configuring the Utility Options    Chapter 13  NPC Utility Coupled with Mode Three Installation    Receiver s email  Shows a list of all the email addresses that the  NPC will send a message to  Addresses added will be listed on  the right     Severity  Select the severity level of events to be sent to the    receiver station       Step 5  Click Apply or OK to complete the configuration     13 2 3 SNMP Traps    Nu i   y Step 1  Click on the Notification Process Center Setting tab and SNMP  Trap to display SNMP settings     1 Co TNT   zit x      SSL   Notification Process Center Setting          EMAIL   SNMP Trap   Broadcast    Base Seting  SHHPTSRUSE    Enabled   v     Commu
45.  etc  Date and time are generated by the real time clock on the  RAID controller subsystems     RAID Information    RAIDWatch User s Manual    11 1 3    RAID Information    Enclosure View    The Enclosure View window displays both the front and the rear views  of connected enclosures  For the EonStor subsystems  RAIDWatch  displays drive trays in the front view  and system modules  power  supplies  cooling modules  etc   in the rear view  For the EonRAID  controllers  RAIDWatch displays FC port modules and LEDs in the front  view  powers supplies  cooling modules  and controller modules display  in the rear view     If multiple enclosures are cascaded and managed by a RAID subsystem   RAIDWatch defaults to the display of RAID enclosures and the graphics  of the cascaded JBODs  which can be accessed by clicking the tab  buttons     RAIDWatch is capable of displaying any information provided by an  SES  SAF TE or I   C data bus  Various kinds of information is typically  provided including the status of       Power supplies     Fans      Ambient temperature    Voltage       UPS     Disk drives      System module LEDs    To read more information about enclosure devices  place your cursor  either over the front view or rear view graphic  An information text field  displays as shown below     Enclosure View    RAID   JBOD ChI 0 ID 16   JBOD Chl 0 ID 32         Slot  2  IBM DTL amp  3200    Size MB   200  Status  Good  Speed  100 MB  LD  3F744216    BBU failed   Fan 0 functioning n
46.  modem is required  if using the SMS short message event  notification function   RAIDWatch currently supports two GSM modem  models       Siemens TC35      WAVECOM Fast Rack M1206    e NOTE     Please contact Infortrend for the complete list of compatible GSM modems     3 2 RAID Chart    Before installing RAIDWatch and its various agents and modules  it is  helpful to chart your RAID subsystems  If you operate a single RAID  subsystem from a local or remote workstation  you may skip this section  If  you have multiple RAID subsystems  the information shown in Table 3 1  provides guidelines for charting existing RAID subsystems  Each field is    explained follows the table     RAID System   RAID System 1 RAID System 2   RAID System 3    OS Windows 2000 N A       RAID Chart 3 3    RAIDWatch User s Manual    Internet Yes N A  Capable    Centralized Storage pool  Management  Center    Table 3 1  RAID Charting Table         ID Name   User designated  an ID or name should be a unique    identifying label       Location     A specific geographic reference  e g   headquarters  Building    3  Equipment Room 100         OS  The Operating System running on the particular system   IP Address   If available       Role   The purpose fulfilled by the particular system  relative to RAID    operations       Internet Capable   If a server is an Internet server  the answer to this is     Yes   If a workstation will manage RAID systems through a browser   note the particular browser software  i
47.  module to be activated every time the Root Agent is started  Note  that the On Off switch should also be in the On position before  you turn off the server or close the utility  Otherwise  you will  have to manually enable the function whenever you reboot the  server     Event Notification Settings    Chapter 4  Configuration Client Options  Step 4  Select the severity level of events to be sent to the receiver  station     ii as   Q Step 5  The Fax device row shows the fax machine s  currently  available  Check for appropriate setup in the Windows control  panel     a is      Step 6  Queue size determines how many events will be accumulated  and then sent via a single fax transmission     4 4 8 MSN Settings    Heceiver Side    To set an MSN messenger address to receive notification messages     2 i    Step 1  Open the Module Configuration page  Use the Module Name  pull down menu to select MSN              Disable  1   MSN username     MSN password                     Aav    4    Figure 4 39  Selecting MSN Notification  e B     Step 2  To create an MSN notification  click Create on the top right of    the screen or right click on the lower half of the configuration  screen to display the Add MSN Recipient dialog box     Module Config   Plugin   Create Plugin      Module Mame MSN messenger    Variable Current Value  Disable                Severity       Figure 4 40  Adding MSN Notification    a is     Step 3  Enter the MSN account of the contact receiving event messages     
48.  only   and to add or remove channel IDs     When the Channel window is opened  the screen shown in Figure 6 30  should appear     Two pages  Parameters and ID  display on the right of the Channel screen     6 26 The Configuration Category    Chapter 6  Basic Operations    Channel      Channel 0  Host  Fibre  Speed     Channel 1  Host  Fibre  Speed     Channel 2  Drive  Fibre  Speed  2 GHz   Channel 3  Drive  Fibre  Speed      Channel 4  Drive  SATA  Speed  1 5 GHz   Channel 5  Drive  SATA  Speed  1 5 GHz   Channel B  Drive  SATA  Speed  1 5 GHz   Channel    Drive  SATA  Speed  1 5 GHz   Channel 8  Drive  SATA  Speed  1 5 GHz   Channel 8  Drive  SATA  Speed  1 5 GHz   Channel 10  Drive  SATA  Speed  1 5 GHz   Channel 11  Drive  SATA  Speed  1 5 GHz   Channel 12  Drive  SATA  Speed  1 5 GHz   Channel 13  Drive  SATA  Speed  1 5 GHz   Channel 14  Drive  SATA  Speed  1 5 GHz   Channel 15  Drive  SATA  Speed  1 5 GHz   Channel 18  Drive  SATA  Speed  1 5 GHz     Channel 1   Drive  SATA  Speed  1 5 GHz       hannal 19  Firizo QATA Snood  1 5  Em x alel    Figure 6 30  Channel Window       Parameters   ib          Current Data Rate          Default Data Rate  Auto v         Current Transfer Width          Node Name  200000D023F00233         Port Name  210000D023F00233             On the Parameters page  channel mode  current data rate  default data rate  and current transfer width are displayed     Channel Mode  Only applicable on the EonRAID 2510FS series  This  option allows you 
49.  or LV      If you intend to map an entire LD or LV to a single host LUN  then  partitioning becomes irrelevant  Partitioning can be helpful when dealing  with arrays of massive capacities and when rearranging capacities for    applications that need to be accessed by many hosts running  heterogeneous OSs     e NOTE     You can create a maximum of eight partitions per logical drive or  logical volume  Also  partitioned logical drives cannot be included in a  logical volume     Partitioning a Logical Configuration 9 25    RAIDWatch User s Manual    9 4 2 Partitioning a Logical Drive    A WARNING     Partitioning a configured array destroys the data already stored on it    a Partitioning is recommended during the initial setup of your       subsystem  You have to move your data elsewhere if you want to  partition a configured array     Step 1  Select the logical drive you want to partition  Move your cursor  to the Logical Drives window  Right click to display the Edit    Partition command menu                 Click to select a logical derive from the list at    Front View    w  Functions      a ees  nT  RAID   JBOD ChLE0 ID 15    J50D Chl 0 10 32    Properties   Add Exi   Expanct     LD Assiri  encordary Cortroler          Figure 9 23  The Edit Partition Command       Step 2  Select Edit Partition from the menu     NH         yj Step 3  The Edit Partition window displays  Use the arrow keys on the  button on the lower right to switch between partitions     Edit Partition   X  
50.  ps taeetes tope od tus testet nece aote mute edu abesse 14  Fieure 4 24  Selectine the Severity  Level crises a a e E E 15  Figure 4 25  Enabling a Notification Method under Status ROW       ssssesssssssssseseeesesseeeeeeseeseeee 15  Figure 4 26  Enabling a Notification Method by the Switch Button                                 ssssse  15  Figure  4 27  Selecting SNMP Trap Notitia ON 0 e toptah oo obo eve puis a tv meo MuR IU Du Re Ee b au couse 16  Figure   4 25  Adding  SNMP Chap ute otusodiede a euet tud av acea tutu Aa 16  Figure 4 29  Add SNMP Receiver Dialog BOX  ttes o tes on eu peo sad aeu ep MR TU nce ER OPE rotas 16  Firar 4 50  Selectme Erat NODTIeaUOD eiui aaa 17  Figure 4 51  Addine Email NOGBCAUOD   aiii ceo teet eoe eio eva eene ev tit op esas ceo net sop ev oReu vs 18  Figure 4 32  Add Email Recipient Dialog Box                 cccccceeeeececeeececeeaeeeeesssseeeeccceeeeseceeeeeaaaas 18  Figure 4 33  Selecting LAN Broadcast Notification                      eeeesesssseeeeeee nns 19  Figure 4 34  Adding LAN Broadcast Notification                     eese 19  Figure 4 35  Add Broadcast Receiver Dialog BOX        essssssssssseeeeeeeeeeereseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeseeeeeeees 20  Fieure 4 50  selectins Fax  NOmiCation ici fade oes iet ie Dee uds e ia ieteset ieu aer opel EAA 21  Fietre 4 57 Adding Fax INOUMMCAM ON 5 aio elena E D 21  Figure 4 38  Add FAX Receiver Dialog Box                      eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eene 22  Figure 4 39  Selecting MSN Notifi
51.  pull down menu  and then click Apply for the configuration  to take effect  Some configuration changes may only take effect after  resetting the subsystem     Host side  Drive side  and Disk Array Parameters    Chapter 7  Configuration Parameters    Drive side Parameters       Disk Access Delay Time  Sec   Sets the delay time before the  subsystem tries to access the hard drives after power on  Default is 15  seconds       Drive Check Period  Sec   This 1s the time interval for the controller  to check all disk drives that were on the drive buses at controller  startup  The default value is    Disabled     Disabled means that if a  drive is removed from the bus  the controller will not know it is  missing as long as no host accesses that drive  Changing the check  time to any other value allows the controller to check all array hard  drives at the selected time interval  If any drive is then removed  the  controller will be able to know     even if no host accesses that drive         Auto assign Global Spare Drive  Enable this function to allow the  system to auto assign the Global Spare drive       SMART  This allows you to configure SMART related functionality   SMART is short for  Self Monitoring  Analysis and Reporting    99    Technology     Options provided in the pull down menu are the    actions to be taken if the SMART function detects an unstable drive       Spindown Idle Delay Period  Sec   Subsystem firmware stops  supplying 12V power source to hard drives when h
52.  single workstation   Disconnect Disconnects from a currently connected Root Agent  RootAgent server     topics with a screen element    Help Displays RAIDWatch Manager online help  Details  about the Configuration Client utility are also  included     Root Agent Right click Menu Commands    Add Host Connects to a Root Agent server  usually the one  that you choose as a management and install the  Configuration Client utility  However  you may  connect to multiple Root Agent servers from a  single workstation     Delete Host Deletes a Root Agent entry from the connection  view       Disconnects from a currently connected Root  Agent server   Creates dummy events for testing the  Events notification functions     Refresh Refreshes the connection view status  Updates  the connection information about Root Agent s   and the RAID arrays being managed           Command Summary App 5    RAIDWatch User s Manual    This page is intentionally  left blank       App 6 Command Summary    Appendix B        Glossary    Fibre    Fiber    HBA    Host    Appendices    Glossary     Also known as  Fibre Channel   A device protocol  in the case of  RAID  a data storage device  capable of high data transfer rates   Fibre Channel simplifies data bus sharing and supports greater  speed and more devices on the same bus  Fibre Channel can be  used over both copper wire and optical cables     An optical network data transmission type of cable  which is  unrelated to the Fibre Channel described above  
53.  switch between the two windows  by clicking on the tabbed panel on the bottom left of RAIDWatch screen               Type           Index Severity        EN o   mj 2002 08 11    ig  2002 08 11         Event log filter option        evice ALERT Poyrer Su        Event log Clear option b       arg T  Unexpected Select 1       LG 1 Logical Drive ALERT  Slot1 Drive Fa       t 002 08 11 08 27 42 LG O Logical Drive NOTICE  Starting Creati  Event Log List   Configuration List    aDDe ane    Figure 11 5  Event Log List and Configuration List Window Tabbed Panel    RAID Information    RAIDWatch User s Manual    Event Log List Window    The Event Log List window generates the system   s event log list at the  bottom of the RAIDWatch screen  The Event Log window gives users  the real time monitoring  alerting as well as status reporting of the RAID  systems     When a new event is generated  the icon under Severity column will  flash to draw user   s attention  The severity icons also indicate the  severity level of an event   See Table 11 2  You can easily read the time  of an event occurred by viewing the Time column     A notice of an action begin complete  Information  or status change of the RAID system     This is a warning message that an    Warning event happened that may cause    damage to the system     A critical condition happened   x Critical RAIDWatch program strongly  x suggest you to check your system  immediately        Table 11 2  Severity Level Icons    The Event log 
54.  the  area where you have question  A Help window will appear to  explain the functionality     e Help  Click on the Help button to browse the Online Help in  RAIDWatch management software   s main Help program     4 2 3 Connection View Window    The Connection View window displays the current connections with  different RAID Agent servers  Each Root Agent server IP has an  Administration Tool  This window has a command menu that can be  triggered by right clicking a Root Agent icon  Right click on the Root  Agent server to show a selection menu   See Figure 4 14     These commands on the selection menu allow you to remove a Root  Agent entry  to connect  disconnect  or refresh the current connectivity  status  The Connection View window automatically updates when an  array is turned on or off  and automatically prompts you for a status  change  e g   a managed array once disconnected is now connected     When Root Agent Server is When Root Agent Server is  Disconnected Connected    Delete Host Delete Host             Connect Gannet   DIStonnect Disconnect   Generate Wurmtiy Event Generate Dumrm Event  ReTresh Refresh    Figure 4 14  Connection  The Right click Menus    Configuration Client User Interface    Chapter 4  Configuration Client Options    Delete Host  Delete the Root Agent Server by selecting this command     Connect  Select this command to connect your computer to the Root  Agent Server     Disconnect  To disconnect the Root Agent Server from your computer   sele
55.  to the host  system     RAID has several levels and multi level configurations including RAID  10  30  50 and 60  RAID levels 1  3 and 5 are the most commonly used  levels  while the highest fault tolerance  RAID level 6 are also available   Appendix C  RAID Levels  gives information about these levels and the  benefits of each     Infortrend disk array controllers support hot swapping so that a failed  drive can be replaced while the disk array system continues to function   Spares can also be assigned so that  as soon as a drive fails  the spare is  automatically configured into the array and reconstruction will  commence     2 2 Definition of Terms    2 2    This section describes some of the disk array terms used in this  documentation       Physical drives  These are the actual drives installed into the  enclosure drive slots  These drives are displayed in Enclosure View  and the Front View of different configuration windows       Spare drives  These are physical drives that serve as backups   When a drive fails  the spare automatically joins the array and data  reconstruction  commences immediately  Dedicated  Enclosure   specific  and Global Spares are shown in different colors  A  Dedicated Spare appears in the same color as other members of the  logical drive it belongs to  A Global Spare uses the default color   black   Both Dedicated and Global Spares have an orange cross  superimposed on them       Replacement drives  These are physical drives that are manually  
56.  two options with performing the Media Scan     Operation Priority  determines how much of the system  resources will be used for the drive scanning and recalculating  process     Operation Mode  determines how many times the scan is  performed  If set to    continuous     the scan will run in the  background continuously until it is stopped by a user     The Maintenance Category    Chapter 6  Basic Operations    The system can automatically perform a Media Scan according  to a preset task schedule  For more details  please refer to  Section 6 7 3       Regenerate Parity   If no verifying method is applied to data  writes  this function can often be performed to verify parity  blocks of a selected array  This function compares and  recalculates parity data to correct parity errors        NOTE     The function is available for logical drive that is configured to  RAID level 1  3  5 and 6       Rebuild     To manually rebuild a logical drive  When this  feature 1s applied  the controller will first examine whether  there is any Local Spare assigned to the logical drive  If yes  it  will automatically start to rebuild     If there is no Local Spare available  the controller will search  for a Global Spare  If there is a Global Spare  logical drive  rebuild will be automatically conducted     6 7 2 Physical Drives Maintenance Window    When the Physical Drives maintenance window is opened  the screen  shown in Figure 6 25 should appear     Front View Functions      Media Scan   M
57.  used RAID  levels     RAID offers the advantages of Availability  Capacity  and Performance   Choosing the right RAID level and drive failure management can increase  data Availability  subsequently increasing system Performance and storage  Capacity  Infortrend external RAID controllers provide complete RAID  functionality and enhance drive failure management     Non RAID Storage    One common option for expanding disk storage capacity is simply to install  multiple disk drives into the system and then combine them end to end   This method is called disk spanning     In disk spanning  the total disk capacity is equivalent to the sum of the  capacities of all SCSI drives in the combination  This combination appears  to the system as a single logical drive  For example  combining four 1GB  drives in this way would create a single logical drive with a total disk  capacity of 4GB     Disk spanning is considered non RAID due to the fact that it provides  neither redundancy nor improved performance  Disk spanning is  inexpensive  flexible  and easy to implement  however  it does not improve  the performance of the drives and any single disk failure will result in total  data loss     App 13    RAIDWatch User s Manual    C 3        App 14    2GB Hard Drive      3GB Hard Drive       an    M  En       2 2 3 1 2 8 GB Logical Drive    Logical Drive       Figure C 1  Non RAID Storage    RAID 0    RAID 0 implements block striping where data is broken into logical blocks  and striped acr
58.  will provide RAIDWatch Agent and RAIDWatch Manager  updates periodically both via our ftp server and as new CD releases  Our ftp  site can be accessed via our website at     ftp infortrend com tw    Uninstalling RAIDWatch    RAIDWatch agents  Configuration Client and RAIDWatch Manager can be  uninstalled  Choose the Uninstall icon in the RAIDWatch group  Click on  the Uninstall button on the bottom of the uninstallation program window to  start the uninstall process  The RAIDWatch program will be uninstalled and  files will be removed from your computer             Infortrend RAID Management Tool Uninstallation Program i  Ioj xj  Infortrend E       Click Uninstall button to remove all components from installation    Uninstall All installed components              Uninstall    Figure D 1  RAIDWatch Uninstallation Program    Additional References App 19    RAIDWatch User s Manual    This page is intentionally  left blank       App 20 Additional References    
59.  you return to the partition table  you will notice that either partition  0 or the last partition will now be larger than before     Follow the directions in the next chapter to map the new partition to a  host LUN  The new partition must be mapped to a host LUN in order for  the HBA  host bus adapter  to see it     9 2 5 Adding Spare Drive Assignments    You can assign spare drives to a logical drive to serve as backups for  failed drives  In the event of a drive failure  the spare drive will be  automatically configured into the array and reconstruction  or rebuilding   will immediately commence     Logical drives can support multiple spare drives  however  this  configuration is rarely used due to its high cost and the uncommon  occurrences of drive failures  A practical configuration calls for one spare  drive per logical drive  After rebuilding on this drive  just replace the  failed drive and then configure the replacement as the new spare drive     Logical Drive Management 9 15    RAIDWatch User s Manual    e NOTE     Adding a spare drive can be done automatically by selecting the RAID  1 Spare  RAID 34 Spare  RAID 5 Spare or RAID 6 Spare option  from the logical drive RAID Level selection dialog box when creating  a logical drive  These options apply to RAID I  RAID 3  RAID 5 and  RAID 6 levels respectively     9 2 5 1  Accessing the Spare Drive Management  Screen    To open the Spare Drive Management screen  please follow these steps        Step 1  Select the logica
60.  you trust  Infortrend Inc   to make that assertion     More Details        xes    mo    aways            Figure 13 1  Security Warning      Step 4  The configuration utility starts as a Java Applet   See Figure  13 2     The NPC Utility    Chapter 13  NPC Utility Coupled with Mode Three Installation      I4 x        Enable SSL   w     Apply OK      Figure 13 2  The NPC Initial Screen    13 2  Configuring the Utility Options    13 2 1 SSL    SSL stands for    Secure Sockets Layer Handshake Protocol   As shown in  Figure 13 2 above  the initial screen defaults to the SSL option  Select the  check box if you want to enable SSL connection for the management  session with the array     wh         NOTE     The configuration will take effect after you restart the network  connection or reset the management station     13 2 2 Email Notification    Follow the steps below to configure email notification     4      jy Step 1  Click on the Notification Process Center Setting tab  Open the  Base Setting page     Configuring the Utility Options 13 3    RAIDWatch User s Manual      1 Cantigure    i  TEXAS    kc       ETT                      Sender s Email                  Enabled         Subject  RAID Event              Figure 13 3  Email Notification     Sender Side Settings    a in      Step 2  Fill in or select the following configuration fields   SMTP Server  The Internet mail server used to send event    notification     Sender s email  Enter a valid mail address  the  From  part of 
61. 2004 02 05  10 23 33 Regenerate Parity Finish                   Figure 11 8  Opening Logical Drive Information Display    8m      Step 2  As shown above  once a configured array is selected  its members  will be displayed as highlighted drive trays in the Front View  window  The array s logical partition is displayed on the right   Each logical configuration of drives is displayed in a different  color  If a selected array includes members on different  enclosures  click the JBOD tab button on top of the enclosure  graphic to locate their positions     e NOTE     The Logical Drive Messages column only displays messages that are  related to a selected array     11 9 Logical Drive Information    RAIDWatch User s Manual    11 3 Logical Volume Information    A logical volume consists of one or many logical drives  Data written  onto the logical volume is striped across the members     11 3 1 Accessing Logical Volume Information    o          9 Step 1  To access the Logical Volume Information  single click its  display icon on the navigation panel or select the command from  the Action command menu  After opening the information  window  select a logical volume by single mouse click  The  window defaults to the first volume on the list  A display window  as shown in Figure 11 9 should appear                                         Logical Volume Status  Size  ME   Member Logical Drive s     Ix SFPa4276  Size  BOOME  E Ix 3E744214  Size  EDOME  Partition s  of LV  SFES4C97       Re
62. 2510FS  2 hosts  2 dedicated RCCOMs  and 2 drives  a  6RH total of 6 I O channels       Table 8 1  Dual Redundant Controller Channel Modes    Dual Single Controller Models    EonRAID 2510FS  2 hosts and 2 drives per controller  a total of 8 I O  4D channels    EonRAID 2510FS  2 hosts and 4 drives or 4 hosts and 2 drives per  6D controller  a total of 12 I O channels       Table 8 2  Dual Single Controller Channel Modes    For more information about all possible combinations  please refer to the  Installation and Hardware Reference Manual that came with your  controller     8 4 User Configurable Channel Parameters    Chapter 8  Channel Configuration    8 2 2  Termination    This parameter enables or disables channel SCSI termination on subsystems  featuring SCSI host channels  SCSI buses must be properly terminated at  both ends  that is  when connecting one end of a SCSI cable to a host HBA   the termination of the channel must be enabled on the subsystem side  An  alternate configuration should be applied when multiple enclosures are  being cascaded on the host buses  An enclosure situated in the middle of a  SCSI bus should have its termination set to disabled     8 2 3  Default Transfer Clock  in MHz     These parameters set the data transfer clock rate for synchronous  communication over the SCSI bus  and enable or disable wide transfer   respectively     Data transferred across the bus in synchronous transfer mode is clocked  using a synchronous transfer clock signal  Th
63. 4      Software Setup     Section 3 4  page 3 5    3 4 1 Before You Start   3 4 2 Installing RAIDWatch on a Windows Platform  3 4 3 Installing RAIDWatch on a Linux Platform  3 4 4 Installing RAIDWatch on a Solaris Platform    3 4 5 Installing RAIDWatch on a Mac OS running Safari  Browser    3 4 7 Installing Software Components    Stand alone  on Host or Subsystem  Installation      Program Updates   Section 3 5  page 3 20        n band SCSI   Section 3 6  page 3 20    System Requirements    3 6 1 Overview    3 6 2 Related Configuration on Controller Subsystem    3 1    RAIDWatch User s Manual    3 1 System Requirements    The minimum hardware and software requirements for RAIDWatch are    listed below     3 1 1 Server Running RAIDWatch    A server can be chosen as the Centralized Management center  which uses  the Configuration Client utility and can be installed with the RAIDWatch  manager program using the first installation scheme  Centralized    Management           i     We    Computer must be Pentium or above PC compatible running Windows  2000  Windows 2003  Windows XP  Linux RedHat 8 9  Linux RedHat  Enterprise Linux 3 0  Linux SUSES 1 9 1  Solaris 9  or Mac OS X that  supports Java Runtime 1 4 2 or higher     NOTE     Currently RAIDWatch only supports Out of band connection to a  management computer running Windows XP sp2     On Linux 64 bit Enterprise 4  a shell command can facilitate In band  connection   MODPROBE sh   Connection will be validated after the  RAID R
64. 4 ENCLOSURE VIEW MESSAGES           eani onore e Cuneo ea so ere pa naso seno edere ao so eoo nsa caras ae eH DUE 12 5  12 5 JINFORMATION SUMMARY inser eo ea ein pesa sud up aru e HERES ERE HRS NR DUE E eR UME SHE S VE VERE ERRES UR EUER erae 12 6    CHAPTER 13 NPC UTILITY COUPLED WITH MODE THREE INSTALLATION    13 1  THE NP C UTILITY    iiieseset ise eet eee he e eo ee esa i anen Ue y e r FA NUS E ARV rR Ea PRECES EO Va EL VY 13 2  L3 MIT ODUCT ON sstemidtm dat det Den ens Sio ue  15 2  PW MEN Uo REUS Vcr 15 2   13 2  CONFIGURING THE UTILITY OPTIONS                       e eee eee ee eene eese eee etes aset eese ee tooss 13 3  Dahe SE sisligctc nsu LIA M DU ER LM 13 3   322 Email Notification ac ott TN e MN DM tu 13 3  Pra ONMP ITOS Speen ee MVE Rae ee EE MM LEE c 13 5  13 2 4 uBrOAUCASTAINOMPICQUON is ikea eG A GRRE 13 6    CHAPTER 14 CENTRALIZED MANAGEMENT UTILITY    Vill    RAIDWatch User s Manual    14 1  CENTRALIZED MANAGEMENT INTRODUCTION            eee eee eee eee eee oo teet e eese sete eeee 14 2  14 2  SHEETING UP THE UTIELEY 55 eiesisescsecuceea eee ete koe ena eL seed ee uda ae Seed ee oed uasa eee aea ege 14 2  14 3  CENTRALIZED MANAGEMENT CONNECTION             e ee eee eee eee esee ee eeessss ss eee eese e eee 14 4  14 4  MAINTENANCE  amp  CONFIGURATION          eeeeeeeeeees sss s etae eee eee eese esee ess sess se ettet eee eeee 14 4  TAAL SACOM MADEOLS ait otii bat ditt sse OE A a aM dca 14 4  T442 SWEM DTI CN T                                      14 5  APPE
65. 5 Email Settings     44 6 LAN Broadcast Settings      4 4 7 Fax Settings    The Configuration Client Utility 4      RAIDWatch User s Manual      4 4 8 MSN Settings      4 4 9 SMS Settings      Auto Discovery     Section 4 5  page 4 26      Event Severity Levels     Section 4 6  page 4 29      4 6 1 Level 1 Severity Events  Examples     4 6 2 Level 2 Severity Events  Examples       4 6 3 Level 3 Severity Events  example       Event Log Display     Section 4 7  page 4 30    4 1 The Configuration Client Utility    4 1 1 Start the Configuration Client Program    If the Centralized Management option was selected during the  installation process outlined in Chapter 2  the Root Agent driver   associated agents  and Configuration Client utilities will be installed onto  your computer  Centralized management in a multi RAID environment is  achieved through the Configuration Client utility     To access the Configuration Client interface  please do the following       Step 1  Open the directory in which the RAIDWatch management  software was installed  The directory was selected during the  installation process and the default access route was named   T  Infortrend Inc      Step 2  If you are using a Windows operating environment  you may start  the Configuration Client by double clicking on the Configuration  Client shortcut on your Windows Desktop   See Figure 4 1   Otherwise  select Start on the bottom left of your screen  select  the Programs menu  and then select Infortrend Inc  U
66. 51ESAB  20041 0 13 09 20 09 ILG 2 Logical Drive NOTICE  Starting Creation  Primary in slot 4   BB1ESAB  2004 1 043 09 20 09 Creation of Logical Drive 2 Completed  Primary in slot  amp            Figure 6 18  Logical Drive information    Logical Drive Status  This sub window displays information on configured  arrays  logical drives  showing a unique array ID  RAID level  capacity   array status and a name that can be manually assigned     Front View  This sub window helps you to quickly identify configured  arrays by the physical locations of their members  Different arrays are  distinguished by different colors  When any member drive is selected by a  mouse click the rest of the array s members will be highlighted by bright  blue lines  indicating they are members of the selected array     Formation of logical partitions is displayed next to the Front View window     Logical Drive Message  Messages related to a selected array are  automatically listed at the bottom of the screen     The Information Category    Chapter 6  Basic Operations    6 6 4 Logical Volume Information Window    The Logical Volume Information window  shown in Figure 6 19   provides the configuration of a configured volume  The Logical Volume  Information window includes three sub windows  Logical Volume Status   Member Logical Drive s   and Related Information       Enclosure View      Logical Volume Status      mi  Tasks Under Process    Logical Drive Information   Size  MB   BB GB ogical Volume Informa
67. 58  J       Figure 6 13  Outer Shell Commands      Under System menu  the Open Device command lets you connect to a  RAID array  This command triggers the connection prompt  Multiple  arrays can be managed each in a separate management window     Click the Auto Discovery command will start a new search of any  available RAID systems in the specific IP ranges on the network  The  function can be setup using Configuration Client utility     The Exit command under the System menu is always available and is  used to end all RAIDWatch Manager sessions at once       The Language items allow you to display the on screen GUI   instructions  commands  messages  and explanatory legends in a  different languages  The current supporting languages are English   Deutsch  Spanish and Japanese       The Window command allows you to enlarge  shrink or rearrange the  system view window s   Please refer to 6 9 Arranging Windows for  details on the use of the Window commands       Under the Help menu  the About command displays a window that  provides RAIDWatch version and copyright information     The Help Topic commands displays the online help contents  which  are implemented in Java Help format     Look and Feel 6 13    RAIDWatch User s Manual    You may click the What s this  command  move it around the screen   and display related information by a second mouse click on the screen  element you are interested in     6 5 5 Management Window Commands             Syster   Action   Command    Re
68. 6  Size  714642MB   W D  23949120  Size  714642MB Partition s  of LD  4D59C902    Figure 10 7  Host LUN Mapping Window  iSCSI Models     Q Step 1  To access the iSCSI initiator settings menu  right click on the  iSCSI Initiator column to bring out the configuration menu   shown above and below      Wiscsi Initiator Setting                      Add iSCSI Initiato    Alias Mare      Host ION  fon 1991 05 commicrosoftavt OTmwoiqu  r      User Mame   ss   User Password           Target Mame             Target Password          IP Address              Net Mask  255 255 2550    OK   Cancel      Figure 10 8  iSCSI Initiator Menu    CM  Q Step 2  Follow the details in the table below and enter appropriate  information and values to establish access control     Table 10 1 ISCSI Initiator CHAP Configuration Entries    Host Alias Name   Enter a host alias name to specify a CHAP association  with a specific software hardware initiator     This Alias name facilitates ease of recognition because  iSCSI initiator ION consists of many characters and is  often too long to remember        10 6 LUN Mapping    Chapter 10  LUN Mapping    In here you can manually enter an initiator s ION   iSCSI Qualified Name       or       Select from the list of connected initiators by clicking    on the pull down button to display the currently  connected initiators     The user name here applies to a one way CHAP  configuration  Identical name and password must be  configured on the initiator software or HBA 
69. 9 2  Logical Drive Management    This section describes how to       Access the Logical Drive  LD  Creation and Management Windows    Create LDs     Expand LDs      Migrate LDs      Delete LDs    Locating Drives    RAIDWatch User s Manual    e NOTE     When you delete a logical drive  all physical drives assigned to the logical  drive will be released  making them available for creation or expansion of  logical drives     9 2 1 Accessing the Create Logical Drive Window    LDs are created in the Create Logical Drive window and managed in the  Existing Logical Drives window  These functional windows are accessed from  the command from the Action menu or RAIDWatch s navigation panel on the left  of the GUI screen     e         Step 1  To manage LDs  such as to create and set related parameters  display the  Create Logical Drive window by clicking on the Create Logical Drive  icon in the functional navigation panel or clicking on the Action menu  items located on top of the screen     L RalpWatch    System Language Window Help         lg aoar  Array  192 466       Syster   Action    Information    I  CESS    Maintenance P hformation Create Logical Drive    Configuration P a          Create Logical Drive J i      i Fibre Channe ce t View  ba as   cee    v I    wit a      i  System Infor     create Logical Volume  SrTatistics Existing Logical  s alumes   Channel    Host LUN Mapping    f 3 Maintenance       Configuration Parameters      Lue  Quick Installatrer    MEIST   OC DU      
70. BLOCK 15      BLOCK  _  m 2  koci c      BLOCK 8                                         Figure C 7  RAID 6 Storage    RAID 10  30  50 and 60    Infortrend implements RAID 10  30  50 and 60 in the form of logical  volumes  Each logical volume consists of one or more logical drives  Each  member logical drive can be composed of a different RAID level  Members  of a logical volume are striped together  RAID 0   therefore  if all members  are RAID 3 logical drives  the logical volume can be called a RAID 30  storage configuration     Using logical volumes to contain multiple logical drives can help manage  arrays of large capacity  It is  however  difficult to define the RAID level of  a logical volume when it includes members composed of different RAID  levels       Striping   non dedicated Parity          m 01 Parity       BLOCKS       o BLOCK9      M  BLOCK12      P1Pariy              App 18    RAID Levels    Appendices    Appendix D  Additional References    D 1     D 2     D 3        This appendix provides direction to additional references that may be useful  in creating and operating a RAID  and in using RAIDWatch and  RAIDWatch Manager     Java Runtime Environment    JRE  Java Runtime Environment  is a shareware product from Sun Solaris   Two websites that may be of use relative to JRE are     The main Java website URL  java sun com  The JRE download website URL     www sun com software solaris jre download html    RAIDWatch Update Downloads  amp  Upgrading    Infortrend
71. C                                    4 17  RECEIVED S106 ited east suas ite a d icu awe te isnt dac led ure bxc ducda dede eee ot dcu add aqu 4 17  Sed  5  Side sonet eoo e ht cete c oue Lec 4 18  4 4 6 LAN Broadcast SOT OS oaa EE eie tuned Santen ecu ca itte tias 4 19  RECEIVER S106 2i habi etre deer apad ass scc basen abate a S 4 19  Sender SUC odas ustensiles uad te diaries esie oka D Lt rei waa cd cU t TM M tO UO 4 20  4 4 7 TONE CLL OS rU 4 2   Receiver SIQG atdaiaecilatended deest ecu a did decus tian dotate tede T dide 4 21  IS DIOS  I L0  CDD NE RII ER EINAT NR ERN tase EON Dee Mra ty PONENT oe rr nr nT 4 22  4 4 6 MSN ASCLTLAD S G Lei eoo te Cosi aee a tease ested con O aso d cato d iore etu cadena todas 4 23  Receiver 106 deron escis et eas a Sadie etu eat tefien us Dota er I aste eed 4 23  Sedet SIOes sme cuenten dud tune nate teduopa dd dealt ette pc c aM e dedu cL isa d eOe DN IUE PUT PLE LUNO 4 24  4 4 9 Nh T                        4 24  RECEIVER S106 ncen besote te sdtteasidudis dart vaste tee etes abest Oa fasce do iier ua 4 24  DC MSS LG etter ee 8 trustees nana ntectu so Me er cse Loan i esee er caeci Lee 4 25  45  AUTO DISCOVERY siestssscsssnscissssecsddivensdenecd NS REA MA ES MARK aa iaaa N aaa Ie pa e Yee PU Re AUS 4 26  AG     EVENT SEVERITY LEVELS o tteetisuepscosee ace ia eu ese h aae epus TE EEO EEE ES 4 29  4 6 1 Level I Severity Events  Examples  ercis oriire en a eene eese 4 29  4 6 2 Level 2 Severity Events  Examples                  ecce eris ii
72. Chapter 3  RAIDWatch 2 2  comes with enhanced install shield program  The graphics used to explain  the RAIDWatch installation are modified  The system requirements and  platform requirements are also being updated in this chapter     A Quick Installation icon under Configuration category is included in  Chapter 5     The new Chapter 6  previously Chapter 5  was rearranged to fit the current  software version  The auto complete feature is included in the connection  window  The new agent list window combined with auto discovery function  is described in the chapter  A new function called Quick Installation is being  added in the configuration category  The explanation of using Window  commands is being added     In Chapter 11  the event log list configuration list functions are newly  described  Users are able to use those functions to monitor and report the  system status     The content of Chapter 12 is enhanced with more information     December 20  2004    Two new functions are being added  By using RAIDWatch revision 2 1 c   the configuration client supports the auto discovery of iSCSI models to auto  detect the available agents  The new function is fully described in Section  3 5  A restore factory defaults function is newly provided in the RAIDWatch  main program  The function description can be found in Section 7 4     RAIDWatch User s Manual    November 15  2004    Revised for RAIDWatch revision 2 1 b  This is an initial RAIDWatch  version to support iSCSI subsystems
73. D    Root Agent     RAID Agents       Notifications       Configuration Client  Figure 0 4  Typical RAIDWatch Connection     Heterogeneous    2  Using a Workstation as the Management Center  Applied in SAN   Storage Area Network  environments  Access management over the  network is directed through exchanges between a remote manager  station and RAIDWatch programs that exist on array hard drives     Installing the Configuration Client and Root Agent onto a  management station enables Event Notification  Installing these  modules onto two or more management computers also supports  redundancy for agents  see Figure 0 5      Installation Software Modules    Mode One Management Center     Root Agent   Configuration Client utility    Mode Three RAID Arrays    Table 0 2  Software Modules  RAIDWatch Connection over Java Applet       Featured Highlights 1 7    RAIDWatch User s Manual    RAIDWatch in SAN Environment    Server C    e         Server A AE sea    SAN  FC Links        4 Configuration Client        an  X Managernent Station  Arrays  Agents on RAT    Figure 0 5  Typical RAIDWatch Connection     Applet Mode    3  Stand alone Out of Band  on Host  Installation  This installation  provides management access with no centralized management  utility  Event notification is provided through an independent NPC  utility  RAIDWatch accesses RAID subsystems over the network  through the command exchanges between a manager station and  RAIDWatch programs that exist in array hard drives 
74. D 3 implements block striping with dedicated parity  This RAID level  breaks data into logical blocks  the size of a disk block  and then stripes  these blocks across several drives  One drive is dedicated to parity  In the  event a disk fails  the original data can be reconstructed from the parity  information     In RAID 3  the total disk capacity 1s equivalent to the sum of the capacities  of all drives in the combination  excluding the parity drive  For example   combining four 1GB drives would create a single logical drive with a total  disk capacity of 3GB  This combination appears to the system as a single  logical drive     RAID 3 provides increased data transfer rates when data is being accessed  in large chunks or sequentially     However  in write operations that do not span multiple drives  performance  is reduced since the information stored in the parity drive needs to be  recalculated and rewritten every time new data is written to any of the data  disks     RAID Levels    Appendices    Physical Disks    Dedicated    BLOCK4 4   Parity  3 4  4    BI 5     3 ity  5 8     LOCKE ___     3 j  BLOCK 7  3       BLOCK8                    Figure C 5  RAID 3 Storage    C 7  RAID 5    RAID 5 implements multiple block striping with distributed parity  This  RAID level offers the same redundancy available in RAID 3  though the  parity information is distributed across all disks in the array  Data and  relative parity are never stored on the same disk  In the event a disk fa
75. D systems for drives that are not used but  are instead    hot ready    and used to automatically replace a failed  drive  RAIDs generally support two types of spare  Local and  Global  Local Spares only replace drives that fail in the same  logical drive  Global Spares replace any drive in the RAID that  fails     A contiguous region of disk space  Stripes may be as small as one  sector or may be composed of many contiguous sectors     Glossary       Glossary    Appendices    Striping    Also called RAID 0  A method of distributing data evenly across  all drives in an array by concatenating interleaved stripes from each  drive     Stripe Size     A k a     chunk size    The smallest block of data read from or  written to a physical drive  Modern hardware implementations let  users tune this block to the typical access patterns of the most  common system applications     Stripe Width    The number of physical drives used for a stripe  As a rule  the  wider the stripe  the better the performance     Write back Cache    Many modern disk controllers have several megabytes of cache on  board  Onboard cache gives the controller greater freedom in  scheduling reads and writes to disks attached to the controller  In  write back mode  the controller reports a write operation as  complete as soon as the data is in the cache  This sequence  improves write performance at the expense of reliability  Power  failures or system crashes can result in lost data in the cache   possibly corrupt
76. DWatch User s Manual  MN    9 Step 2  Set an SMTP server address in the SMTP server field so that  event log emails can be sent to the administrator       Step 3  Set a valid mail address in the Sender mailbox field and an  administrator  s email address in the Recipient Email field       ots     yj Step 4  The Send period  hour  determines how often an administrator  receives event log notifications     Module Config   Plugin Create Plugin      Module Mame RnotAgent lod       Status  1    Ewseve Poa    est infotrend com tw    ecipient Email estieeinfortrend com tv    end pericdihour       Figure 4 20  Root Agent Log Settings  4 3 4 Create Plug ins with Event Notification    4 3 4 1 Before you begin      The Plug in sub function allows you to add a specific feature or  service to RAIDWatch s notification methods       The add ins can be used to process the events received from  Configuration Client utility and extend its functionality     Prepare your execution file  and place it under the plug in sub folder  under the directory where you installed the RAIDWatch program  If  the default installation path has not been altered  the plug in folder  should be similar to the following     Program Files   gt  Infortrend Inc   gt  RAID GUI Tools   gt  bin   gt   plug in     Place the execution file that will be implemented as a plug in in this  folder     The plug in capability provides advanced users the flexibility to  customize and present the event messages received from the  Co
77. Event Notification Settings 4 23    RAIDWatch User s Manual    Add MSN receiver X     MSM Account    Severity h            Figure 4 41  Add MSN Receive Dialog Box         Qm  Q Step 4  Select the severity level of events to be sent to the receiver     um   y Step 5  Repeat this process to add more receivers     Sender Side        From the Module Config window       Step 1  Find the MSN settings from the pull down list     4m   y Step 2  Click on the On Off switch beside the pull down button to enable  MSN notification     Switched ON Switched OFF       c  Step 3  Double click on the Current Value field of the Status row to  enable MSN notification  Set Status to Enable if you want the  module to be activated every time the Root Agent is started  Note  that the On Off switch should also be in the On position before  you turn off the server or close the utility  Otherwise  you will  have to manually enable the function whenever you reboot your  server     Qum  t   Step 4  Select the severity level of events to be sent to the receiver  station     i  Q Step 5  Provide a valid MSN contact by entering the user name    x  ue    9 Step 6  Provide the associated password     4 4 9 SMS Settings    SMS is a short for    Short Message Service     Using this notification  method requires a GSM modem  RAIDWatch currently supports two  GSM modem models     4 4 Event Notification Settings    Chapter 4  Configuration Client Options       Siemens TC35     WAVECOM Fast Rack M1206    Please con
78. Figure 3 21  RS 232 Terminal Screen  Il        jy Step 3  Leave other options at their defaults  In band should work fine by    setting these two options  The adjustments necessary to use in   band protocols have been completed     3 21        tion     Defij2          RAIDWatch User s Manual    e NOTE     Be sure to change the Peripheral Device Type to your preference after the  in band host links have been properly connected     3 22 In band SCSI    Chapter 4    Configuration Client Options    This chapter describes the Configuration Client options  There are a  number of different items that users can configure  These include the  Root Agent and RAID Agents relationship and the configuration options  concerning event notification  The following sections are covered in this  chapter       The Configuration Client Utility     Section 4 1  page 4 2      4 1 1 Start the Configuration Client      4 1 2 Setting Up a Root Agent    Configuration Client     Section 4 2  page 4 6      4 2 1 Command Menu    4 2 2 Tool Bar Buttons    4 2 3 Connection View Window      4 2 4 Module Configuration Window     Root Agent Configuration     Section 4 3  page 4 9      4 3 1 Root Agent Settings    4 2 2 Tool Bar Buttons    4 3 3 Root Agent Log Settings      4 3 4 Create Plug ins    Event Notification Settings     Section 4 4  page 4 12      4 4 1 Configuration Client Notification Methods    4 4 2 Event Severity Levels     44 3 Enabling Notification Functions     4 4 4 SNMP Traps Settings     44 
79. ICCHM SINES Ae aa a a a ces dapiei  i o 9 6  Initialization ODEODS ne a E a a sudden 9 6  Se R IDLE ye ea a T A A A 9 6  Mite ACY hehe ca tne Baten NL er 9 6  92248    Cek OK to Create LD reri i iiien AEAEE EREA E NP eed 9 7  9 2 3 Accessing the Existing Logical Drive Window                      eese 9 7  9 2 5 1    Modityins ED Config utatiOtis  cse dle ooi eth nt aed Sut ed roni epe ge abes 9 8  92 5 2   Bxpandi LD by Adding DISKS  eroe ot e rore ie ee or atero bee 9 0  9 2 3 2       Accessing the Expand Command pace oe toon teile siet asus tee aereas 9 0  Available Expand Size  MB d teasete oe eaott t ioo Porra oai Doe eda Lot de E CREER IRA d dae 9 10   Set Ex PANSION S DO   eee emit eren par teste rupe ct enel E eset eser im pP ie 9 10  Execut eh desiit Ma P              ER 9 10  9 2 3 4     Click Expand to Initiate LD Expansion    alui ente eater t geb onus en eto a eoa 9 10  9 2 3 5  Accessing the Migrate LD Command page                   essen 9 11  CHOOSE a RAM Leye Daiane Quiere moie a a a a ataaac ds 9 11  Selecb d SI IDe  SZE na a T E T E ER 9 12   Bebd DEVE OI Ze uem a a O ctsod udo tomo abreast dra 9 12  9 2 3 6  Click Migrate Logical Drives to Initiate LD Migration                          eeeeeeeeeesesess 9 12  9 2 4 Dynamic Logical Drive Expansion                 ecce nn nnne nnns 9 15  9 2 4 1  What Is It and How Does It Work  0 0    cccccccccccccccceceeecccceeceeceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeees 9 13  9 2 4 2  Two Modes of Dynamic LD Expansion                     eeeeee
80. ID Watch Manager     Section 6 3  page 6 6      6 3 1 Connecting to a RAID Subsystem    6 3 2 Using the Agent List Window      6 3 3 Disconnecting and Refreshing a Connection      Security  Authorized Access Levels     Section 6 4  page 6 10      Look and Feel     Section 6 5  page 6 11       6 5 1 Look and Feel Overview     6 5 2 Screen Elements     6 5 3 Command Menus     6 5 4 Outer Shell Commands     6 5 5 Management Window Commands      The Array Information Category     Section 6 6  page 6 15      6 6 1 Enclosure View      6 6 2 Tasks Under Process Window    Starting RAIDWatch Agents 6 1    RAID Watch User s Manual      6 6 3 Logical Drive Information Window     6 6 4 Logical Volume Information Window    6 6 5 Fibre Channel Status Window     6 6 6 System Information Window      6 6 7 Statistics Window    The Maintenance Category     Section 6 7  page 6 19      6 7 1 Logical Drives Maintenance Window    6 7 2 Physical Drives Maintenance Window      6 7 3 Task Schedules Maintenance Window    The Configuration Category     Section 6 8  page 6 23      6 8 1 Quick Installation     6 8 2 Create Logical Drive Window     6 8 3 Existing Logical Drives Window     6 8 4 Create Logical Volume Window     6 8 5 Existing Logical Volumes Window    6 8 6 Channel Window     6 8 7 Host LUN Mapping Window      6 8 8 Configuration Parameters Window      Arranging Windows     Section 6 9  page 6 28      Multi array Management     Section 6 10  page 6 30    6 2 Starting RAIDWatch Agents    Ch
81. Ib CES DHder PIOCESS  otis te to tai ti oben desc fut eta Lone tudo Ns 11 5  11 1 5   Event Log List Configuration List Window                  eese 11 5  11 2  LOGICAL DRIVE INFORMATION              sec ene uae ees ee ade epe esee so snc e goo saepe ass U Pe E Sae en uo 11 8  11 2 1   Accessing Logical Drive Information                eee 11 9  11 3  LOGICAL VOLUME INFORMATION   secos eaae eee ean eoe PR VES a S e RR e ne o n E een es E e nR sea a Ve eue 11 10  11 3 1   Accessing Logical Volume Information                       eese 11 10  114  FIBRECHANNEL STATUS  oseess esset eds apa PERe he CE SER YS RARE IN SNR PERI N VEA KR   R US S ENa 11 11  EDS     SYSTEM INFORMA TION ies aee PRAES aaaea ERES SPURS YS RAPERE TN S E RENE SN EAR RR EE ARN aTi 11 11  EUG     STATISTICS e                    11 13  CHAPTER 12 ENCLOSURE DISPLAY                    11  erre rennen nnn nns 12 1  12 1 ABOUT THE ENCLOSURE VIEW WINDOW           ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeesss esses ee tenss sese sees eeeoss 12 2  12 2  ACCESSING THE ENCLOSURE VIEW scccsecsosccssosescssacsoscsssecsncesssssesessesesessuesossessesense 12 2  12 2 1   Connecting to the KRAIDA GENE uie es esasveeseta ek vae ie Ceu dose a Y ee Ea 12 2  12 2 2   Opening the Enclosure View Window                eese 12 2  12 2 9  COMPONEN IOMAN ON ve eren deo EQ S Rau hr EE viles uid iles ERROR 12 3  12 3   LED REPRESENTATIONS arane a aeee e eE a 12 4  12 3 1 Service LED  on Models that Come with an LED panel                               12 4  12 
82. Infortrend      RAIDWatch      Effortless RAID Management       Java based GUI Manager for Infortrend Disk Array Subsystems    User   s Manual    Software Revision  2 3 G xx  with a sub version for Mac OS        Version 1 5  11  2006     RAIDWatch User s Manual    Contact Information    ii    Asia Pacific     International Headquarters   Infortrend Technology  Inc    8F  No  102 Chung Shan Rd   Sec  3  Chung Ho City  Taipei Hsien  Taiwan  Tel   886 2 2226 0126   Fax   886 2 2226 0020  sales ap infortrend com    support ap infortrend com    http   esupport infortrend com tw  http   www  infortrend com tw    China   Infortrend Technology  Limited   Room 1210  West Wing  Tower One  Junefield  Plaza  No  6 Xuanwumen Street  Xuanwu  District  Beijing  China   Post code  100052   Tel   86 10 6310 6168   Fax   86 10 6310 6188  sales cn infortrend com  support cn infortrend com  http   esupport infortrend com tw  http   www  infortrend com cn    Japan   Infortrend Japan  Inc    6F  Okayasu Bldg     1 7 14 Shibaura Minato ku   Tokyo  105 0023 Japan  Tel   81 3 5730 6551   Fax   81 3 5730 6552  sales jo infortrend com  support jo infortrend com    http   esupport infortrend com tw  http   www  infortrend co jp    Americas   Infortrend Corporation  3150 Coronado Dr   Unit C  Santa Clara  CA 95054  USA   Tel   1 408 988 5088   Fax   1 408 988 6288  sales uS infortrend com    http   esupport infortrend com  http   www  infortrend com    Europe  EMEA    Infortrend Europe Limited   5 Elmwoo
83. Logout will close the current management session and return to the  Outer Shell window  If you wish to connect to another RAID array  enter  its IP address and then click OK to proceed  Click Cancel to close the  connection prompt and return to the Outer Shell window     Selecting the Refresh button allows you to re connect with an array if a  RAID system has been temporarily disconnected  e g   the RAID system is  being reset or the host links were disconnected for maintenance reasons     6 4 Security  Authorized Access Levels    6 10    Password protection is implemented with the Connection wizard to prevent  unauthorized access to configured arrays  This protection  which is  implemented along with the security access levels  prompts a user for the  station password the first time he or she attempts to connect to a RAID  system     By default  no password is required to access a RAID system using the first  two protection levels     Configuration     Administrator  and   Maintenance   User   A default password is required for the Information  login     Default Passwords    Configuration Password previously set for the  controller   subsystem  press Enter for none  The password  can be changed in  Configuration Parameters   window in RAIDWatch s main program     Maintenance You can set a password for this level login in     Configuration Parameters  window in       Security  Authorized Access Levels    Chapter 6  Basic Operations    BEEN RAIDWatch s main program        Info
84. More detailed instructions on how to use RAIDWatch were  added and new screen captures included     Chapter 4 in the old revision on Array Management has been separated into  six new chapters in the new revision  Five of the new chapters  Chapter 5      Chapter 9  make up Part 2 of this revision of the user s manual and the  sections in Chapter 4 of the previous edition on S E S  management and IIC   SAF TE and Fault bus management were moved into Chapter 10 of this  revision  All these chapters have enhanced descriptions on how to manage  an array  and a series of more indicative screen captures were added     Chapter 5 Notification Processing Center and Chapter 6 Event Monitor in  the older revisions of the user s manual became Chapter 11 and Chapter 12   respectively  in the new revision  The content of these chapters remained  largely unaltered with only a few minor editorial adjustments     Appendix A in the previous revision was moved to Chapter 13 in the  current revision and is followed by a completely new chapter  Chapter 14  on EonStor storage subsystem panel view customizations     Extracting Appendix A from the appendices reduced the number of  appendices from six to five and the names of each appendix changed to a  higher letter  e g   Appendix B in the last revision is now Appendix A   Appendix C is now Appendix B  etc  The content of these appendices  remained the same     Chapter 1    Introduction    This chapter provides information about the RAIDWatch manage
85. NDICES   APPENDIX A     COMMAND SUMMARY etes eoss es iss os eene opes Iud eh ed ee uod aa paa Cea ee esed eoe tu ena d pad oao A 2  Ap  AVEC ILS OE Sos ocu E ELEME S LIUM M MC HM LEM C M EH  A 2  A 1 1 RAID Watch Program Commands                 eee eese seeeeeee eee eene nns A 2  RAIDWatch System Menu Commands  Outer Shell Window                             eene A 2  RAIDWatch Language menu Commands  Outer Shell Window                            eese A 2  RAIDWatch Window Menu Commands  Outer Shell Window                         eee A 3  RAIDWatch Help Menu Commands  Outer Shell Window                 ccccsceeceeceeeeceeeeeeeesseeseseees A 3  RAIDWatch System Menu Commands  Management Window                         eee A 3  RAIDWatch Action Menu Commands  Management Window                         eee A 4   A 2  Configuration Client Utility Commands                     eeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeee eene A 4  File Ment Commmand Saone elata TEAN a edebat dte uid ue spat ae e dne raid taa  A 4  Languace Selection Commands  esce tee eto bo Ere e eer bro taedet po Ea dM ter ed dr e ees A 4   Help  Mena Commands oueon r dette ege cda a tutes buon acini reet E dp UEA A 4  ToolBar C ODIDdids osos tado alegre ted deh Fabi ide Meta LL epar A 5   Root Agent Right click Menu Command6                 cccccccccccccccceneeesssssseseceeeeecccceeseseeeeesesseeseees A 5  APPENDIX D     GLOSSARY id tct vetere ire oue set Ep E p Roue Oe Deve ese eva do eu e dies A 7  APPENDIX C       RAID CLEVES Get ice
86. NMP Receiver Dialog Box         t   Step 4  Select the severity level of events that will be sent to the SNMP  agent  Refer to Section 4 4 2     416    Event Notification Settings    Chapter 4  Configuration Client Options    M    9 Step 5  Repeat this process to add more SNMP agents     Sender Side    From the Module Config window   tiny     at      Step 1  Find the SNMP settings from the pull down list     Nu h    Step 2  Click on the On Off switch beside the pull down button to  enable SNMP traps notification     Switched ON Switched OFF    Qm    9 Step 3  Double click on the Current Value field of the Status row to  enable SNMP traps notification           Step 4  Select the severity level of events to be sent to the receiver    station     Qm     Step 5  Provide a valid out port IP that will be used for delivering SNMP  traps  Usually the default IP detected by the Root Agent will be  sufficient  If you have more than one Ethernet port  double click    to configure it     4 4 5 Email Settings    Heceiver Side    z s     w NOTE     SASL authentication is supported with this revision     We    To set an email address to receive notification emails     4   ey Step 1  Open the Module Configuration page  Use the Module Name  pull down menu to select Email           Module Config   Plugin pate Dincic  jodule Name  S x       2 Disable     RAID Event  Ll                a     Figure 4 30  Selecting Email Notification    Event Notification Settings 4 17    RAIDWatch User s Manual 
87. Proure C 4 RAID  JOD  SO i niet ei bep e tem a prece uii ed anne Laden Dagens 16  Lisure C  RAID SOP ACC wana cs ud eie do LEE bob petus Canaan ours a ei 0 50 b ebeeuet ofer 17  Pure GeO RAIDS Stn aCe cot iebv orae bbb uoi d bra ied a es fismenabetes 17  POUT C RAIDOS ONIE coton ME bbpquaub d bre bhteseteluiit ovre se Diesictob 18  Figure D 1  RAIDWatch Uninstallation Program            eeseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeees 19    xiii    RAIDWatch User s Manual    User s Manual Overview    Congratulations on your decision to use Infortrend   s RAIDWatch  management software program  This management program allows you to  control and monitor disk array subsystems from a local host  a remote  station connected through a local area network  LAN   In band host links  or  the Internet     This manual discusses how to install and use RAIDWatch to manage disk  array systems incorporating  Infortrend s     Fibre to Fibre      Fibre to   SATA SAS  SCSI to SATA SAS  iSCSI to SATA  and SCSI to SCSI  subsystems  or the EonRAID 2510FS series controllers  Please note that  RAIDWatch does not support drive enclosure displays manufactured by  other vendors     In addition to RAIDWatch  you can also use the on board COM port or  LCD keypad panel to manage the EonStor subsystems or systems that  incorporate the EonRAID disk array controllers  For more information about  these programs  see the documentation that came with your hardware     User s Manual Structure and Chapte
88. SIDE  AND DISK ARRAY PARAMETERS    essssseecsssceccosececcoseeeo 7 14    CHAPTER 8 CHANNEL CONFIGURATION    8 1 CHANNEL CONFIGURATION WINDOW       cccccssssscccsssssscccccsccscccccccsccccccccsscccccccssccees 8 2  8 2 USER CONFIGURABLE CHANNEL PARAMETERS       ccsssssscccccssssccccccscsccccccccsccoseeees 8 3  Channel Parameters  PON SOP SetloSisceovceve eon ced ot uds dett ort tat etu a aetate ot deuote 8 3  Channel Parameters  EonRAID 2510FS Series               eese nene enne 8 4  6 2 1  Channel Mode sectis et vetet veles p du b eceos bea T tre eme ba re RA Und 5 4  6 2 2  LlerminaliOm NORTE 5 5  Ono  Default Transfer  Clock  in MZ  asc dti este avv ea eres 8 5  5 2 4  ID POOLS ADD I DID rr T       5 6  8 3 SETTING THE CONFIGURATIONS FOR A CHANNEL      ccossssssccccccsssccccccsssccccccsssscoees 8 6    CHAPTER 9 DRIVE MANAGEMENT    9 1  LOCATING DRIVES 5 iensesccc  eetee ee sosesssceckeo apes ex d  co Coe Up EL S eed EN He DUE e aca CEDE Rue 9 3  9 2     LOGICAL DRIVE MANAGEMENT  4oeecee cesses ooocce ce cha soa ns Dun asse ees ann occa Seen tseo SDNE CENE Ra ae nies 9 3  9 2 1 Accessing the Create Logical Drive Window                   sees 9 4  9 2 2 Creating L OLCA DEOS ie tded  t etie dte e EA NE eec bebe dun 9 5  VEMM prev  DR RPER 9 5  0 2 2 2   Selene DTV CS scccter  Se sseperes Sucre o te ri tetto deci Po ale aereis Pd oci a ro I AU Loo c Rivet 9 5  92235  Sells RAID Parameters ieor aa a E A E E ETS 9 6  DVE S ZO naea A NENE ENE HEAS EEEE EEEE                  9 6  DC
89. Severity Events  example       Drive Failure     Enclosure Power Supply Failure     Cooling Fan Module Failure      RAID Controller Unit Failure    4   Event Log Display    4 30    Once RAID Agent IPs are associated with a Root Agent  their icons and  names display on the Connection View panel     To check the events that have happened since the Configuration Client  started  single click on a connected RAID     41 Configuration Client    File Language Help            fY  Connection View  EH  IP192 168 4 43  Version  0 3 2  gt        ue  Model F16F R242A Name  ID 651   a Model U1 2U G343 Name  ID 6552    cue Model   amp 12E G2121 2 Mame  ID 1 i  E   Manatal 2E G2121 2 Name  ID 11          Admin Tool    2004 12 15 16 01 15    Event Description  LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE  Starting Parity Regeneration            2004 1 2 15 16 01 39 LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE  Starting On Line Expansion  2004 12 15 16 02 03    On Line Expansion of Logical Drive 0 Completed    2004 1 2 15 16 02 03 LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE  Starting On Line Initialization  2004 1 2 15 16 06 25 LG 1 Logical Drive NOTICE  Starting Creation   2004 1 2 15 16 06 29 Creation of Logical Drive 1 Completed   2004 1 2 15 16 06 29 LG 1 Logical Drive NOTICE  Starting On Line Initialization                         Figure 4 50  Event Log Display Window    The event log window displays on the right hand side of the RAIDWatch  screen     Event Log Display    Chapter 4  Configuration Client Options    e NOTE     The utility does n
90. UD CI EU EHE ERN NUES 8  Figure 11 8  Opening Logical Drive Information Display                               eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 9  Figure 11 9  Opening Logical Volume Information Display                                   eeeeeesesseesses 10  Figure 11 10  Fibre Channel Status WindoW       uiuieseiceie enini estie teer led oes io eee iino ere reues 11  Figure 11 11  System Information Window                      esses 12  Figure 11 127 Statistics Display  WinidOW uuiesteeo e sis beseb exon ev Lea th metonsaun ud ebuscb ewe TA 13  Figure 12 1  EonRAID 2510FS  Enclosure View                   eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eere eene 2  Figure 12 2  Eonstor FIGF Series Enclosure  View sie aia ei paese dei Meque 2  Fieure  12 3 Accessing the Enclosure  V16W iie epo eene espe tons dece sth sede aba use ce omrenewucta deez  3  Figure 12 4  Enclosure Tabbed Panel and Component LED Display                                  sssse  4  Figure 12 5  Service LED ISDS Up detener r tbas Pei pubs ter eo e aes N D  Figure 12 6  Component Information Message Tags                sssssssssseeeeeeeeseeseeseseesesesseeseseeeeeeeags 5  bie  re 12 7  Information  Summary    etes coe ar Fee een eek E IRE ek aae e deu A E a e 6  Figure 13 1  Security  WEIL e Pee EU ck  aUo duct DENN STU Ee eea Ede E dm FE HE eM EP uUd ONE 2  Pisure 15 2  ENEC Initial Sci eia saut et dodo a goo axo suede unen oue esos erae uE ue 3  Figure 13 3  Email Notification     Sender Side Settings                           eeeeeeeeeee
91. UI screen can be divided mainly into three  3  separate windows  a  tree structure Navigation Panel  the Information Configuration window   and the Event Log Configuration View window at the bottom     Each information or configuration window can also be accessed through the  command menus on the upper left corner of the management interface  At  the bottom of the Event Log window  tab buttons allow you to switch the  view to the Configuration View display     6 5 3 Command Menus    The menu bar  shown in Figure 6 12  displays the available menus on the  Outer Shell window  The Outer Shell window contains multiple  management windows each providing access to a connected array     Outer Shell Window  4    System Language Window Help    BEEN K    4    System Action  Management E Array     Window Enel   Figure 6 12  Command Menu Bar    All menus provide a list of commands  shown in Figure 6 13  for invoking  various disk array and display related operations     6 12 Look and Feel    Chapter 6  Basic Operations    For a summary of commands  see Appendix A  Command Summary     NOTE     Multiple simultaneous RAIDWatch Managers can connect to one RAID  subsystem     6 5 4 Outer Shell Commands    The following commands are described in Section 6 5 2 and shown in  Figure 6 13       System   Language   Window   Help           Open Device English Next Window About  Auto Discovery Japan Tile All What s this   Exit Deutsch Cascade All Help Topic     Hide All  Close All  A aF  Array  182 1
92. UN Map Table     Section 10 1  page 10 2      LUN Mapping     Section 10 2  page 10 3      10 2 1 Mapping a Complete LD or LV      10 2 2 Map a Logical Drive or Volume Partition to a Host  LUN      10 2 3 Deleting a Host LUN Mapping    Accessing the LUN Map Table 10 1    RAIDWatch User s Manual    10 1 Accessing the LUN Map Table    10 2    When you want to either create or delete a LUN mapping or an extended  LUN mapping  it is necessary to access the LUN Map Table  The LUN  Map Table lists the LDs  LVs and partitions that have previously been  mapped  To access the LUN Map Table  please follow these steps             Step 1  In the navigation panel under the Configuration category  click  on the Host LUN Mapping where you can find the configuration    options with the mapping operation   See Figure 10 1      WRAIDwWatch  System Language Window Help          ES F15F R2A2A Array  192 166 199 233     System   Action    F   L Information      amp  P INTOrMm ator a  v  T Maintenance P  otatus Host LUN Mapping    Configuration k Create Logical Drive j    Existing Logical Drives nnelID   scs Ip    Create Logical Volume al                            Existing Logical volumes      1      L Logical Drives       lis   Physical Drie      Task Schedles       Host LUM Mapping    onfiguration Parameters    2t Filter s   LA Configuration Logical     Partition             E  Create Logical Drive   Er Existing Logical Drives      fe Create Logical Volume    yr Existing Logical Yolumes     As 
93. Watch User s Manual    4 10    4 3 1    Root Agent Settings    The Root Agent Setting option is shown in Figure 4 16     Module Config   Plugin   Create Plugin         Module Mame RootA  gent Setting    Figure 4 16  Root Agent Setting    Administrator Password  This allows you to set an administrator   s  password  This is the port number the RAIDWatch centralized  manager station will use to communicate with the Root Agent  The  default for Administrator is    root     There is no default password for  login as Guest     This password is independent from the password set for the   Configuration  login to start the RAIDWatch management program     Guest Password  This is selected to enable a user logging in as   Guest  to view the status of RAID arrays currently being managed  by the Configuration Client utility     4 3 2 Adding RAID Agents IPs  Associating Root Agent  with Multiple RAID Arrays     RAID Agents are the sub modules of RAIDWatch or the Configuration  Client utility used to communicate with a RAID subsystem  Multiple  RAID Agents can be associated with a Root Agent  A Root Agent then  summarizes and presents these RAID Agents to the Configuration Client  so that system administrators can be notified of system alerts if any faulty  conditions are detected within these RAID arrays        Step 1  RAID Agents currently being managed by a Root Agent are    listed in the lower right corner of the RAIDWatch screen        Step 2  To add or delete RAID Agents  click the C
94. Windows look and feel  specifications  so that manipulating elements and windows within any  RAIDWatch Manager window generally conforms to standard procedures   The management sessions are best displayed with 1024x768 screen  resolution     cs NOTE     Screen captures throughout this document show the Windows look and  feel     Look and Feel 6 11    RAIDWatch User s Manual    6 5 2 Screen Elements        Command Menu Information Configuration    Window     5 TI     Jm   a 1 xu        pe icles Create Logical Drive i  I Entl  tuni Vibe amu LLL               cC      LLL SSS                  TT  Taska Under Process    Front View   Selected Members                  Navigation T Logical Deia Inteematen    a Tepi  Panel   RAID   jBoD Chi240 114    E          t  Logical Volume infsemaban                 Ae  Fibre Channel Salus L        i  AC cesta m intsematee  TI iiri    ME Martinancr      Logical Deis     dius Piri Drita      Taek Geheduies     aes E  Lies Ei  MET       RAD Lines       ud Configuration    b  Era nae Logical Dre Empe Bis       Vira Policy  r     Est big Logical borers             Er ribaizaton   I     L   Aa sigeerent bm Doni     ie  reads Lips al Yighume    ia Exil Logical Volum J    EventLog    Window Tal   2UDLTI TS 1018 73 y 7  2004 10 18 10 156 03 Lv D espe Vee MOTE Chair  Creators  Primary in cit            2054 20 38 1fr18 00    Domos Time   2004 10 16 10717  00    Event Log List Configuration List  Switch Buttons    Figure 6 11  GUI Screen Elements    The G
95. aintain Spare   Copy and Replace    Clone   Reserved Space Identify Drive  Step 2          Please Select a Clone Type        Replace After Clone       Figure 6 25  Maintenance   Physical Drives    There are two  2  sub windows in the Physical Drives maintenance mode  window        The Front View window allows you to select a hard drive to perform  maintenance tasks on  A selected drive is highlighted by bright blue  lines  and its slot number 1s shown in the Functions window in the  Selected Drive Slot field       The Functions window provides configuration options with  maintenance tasks and an OK button to apply the configuration     The Maintenance Category 6 21    RAIDWatch User s Manual    6 22    Media Scan     You can set up media scan action to a specific  physical drive  To start a media scan  select a drive from the  Front View window then set all options in the Functions  window and click Apply button     Maintain Spare   You can add a spare drive from the list of  the unused drives  The spare chosen here can be selected as  global or local spare drive  If you choose to create a local spare  drive  enter a logical drive ID in the next page  Click Finish   the controller will then rebuild data onto the replacement drive     A logical drive composed in a non redundancy RAID level   NRAID or RAID 0  does not support spare drive rebuild     Copy and Replace     Logical drives can be expanded by  copying and replacing the member drives with drives of higher  capacity  T
96. all RAID Watch        3 5    RAIDWatch User s Manual      User   s Documents      CD ROM Contents    Contact Us     Infortrend Website      Exit       Infortrend      Figure 3 1  Product Utility CD Initial Screen       Step 4  Click the supported platform on the right hand side to start the  installation process  The current availability is    Windows 2000 and  above    See Figure 3 2     Install RAIDWatch   C  User   s Documents  CD ROM Contents   C  Contact Us   C  Infortrend Website    Exit    Infortrend         Figure 3 2  The Platform Window      i Step 5  If your server or workstation is not ready with Java Runtime  at least  version 1 4 2   an install shield will automatically install Java  Runtime onto your machine  Please follow the on screen  instructions to proceed        Step 6  To install the Java based GUI RAIDWatch manager main program   follow Section 3 4 5 for detail procedures     3 4 3 Installing RAlDWatch on a Linux Platform    If you are running a Linux platform on the server computer follow these  steps to install RAIDWatch on your server s      3 6 Software Setup        Q        t   Q        Q    Step 1     Step 2     Step 3     Step 4     Step 5     Step 6     Step 7     Chapter 3  Installation    Insert the Infortrend Product Utility CD or RAIDWatch installation  CD into the system s optical drive     If you are currently running other applications  close them before  proceeding with the setup process  This will minimize the possibility  of encounteri
97. ally when the event triggered  operation has been configured  For example  if a cooling module    Controller    Controller    Chapter 7  Configuration Parameters    fails  the subsystem firmware automatically switches caching  mode to the conservative Write through       Optimization Policy      Optimization for Random I O  More common setting  Use this  option for environments  e g   database maintenance  with  smaller I O transactions       Optimization for Sequential I O  Used for large I O  environments such as video recording and editing  Particularly  useful where I O read write must be in sequential order        Sync  Period    This option allows you to select the desired interval for the partner  controllers in a dual controller configuration to synchronize  mirror   copy  their cached data  RAID controllers have defaults for this   however  this option provides more choices with the sync  period     Controller Parameters    Controller Name    A manually entered nickname for the RAID controller  This name  can also be used to recognize a RAID subsystem in an environment  where multiple RAID subsystems reside     Unique Identifier  HEX     This is a MUST for subsystem configuration  especially for those  with dual controllers or Fibre host ports  The unique ID is integrated  as unique Fibre Channel node name and port names  In the event of  controller failover and failback  this ID helps host side initiators to  identify a RAID subsystem     Time Zone GMT     GMT  Gree
98. amp Total C Cache Size  256MB  ECC SDRAM        Logical Drive Information gg Firmware Version  41A  z   F Bootrecord Version h 31K  LE Logical Volume Information            p serial Number 123  lr _  Power Supply   ower supply functioning normally  ae Fibre Channel Status     bp Supply 0   P ie func Il     am in armat tion D  J Power Supply 1 Power supply functioning normally  w   2  La h je Statistics   Fan 0 H  Fan functioning normally  mp 600 Fan 1 Fan functioning normally   eA p Maintenance Lm Fan 2    Fan functioning normally   cae    Configuration     pe Fan 3 Fan functioning normally  i E  Create Logical Drive e  j Power Supply 0    Power supply malfunctioning        s x  O Power Supply 1 Power supply functioning normally   Ep Existing Logical Drives SES t     um 0 Fan 0  Fan functioning normally  t te Create Logical Volume Sm 0 Fani Fan functioning normally     SES Te   SES Device   Channel NO 2  Device ID 113 EA  P Existing Logical Volumes Fan2     Fan functioning normally    Sune a L  Fan 3 Fan functioning normally  Temperature Sensor o  38 0 C Temp  within safe range     uxx HostLUN Mapping Temperature Sensor 1 320    Temp  within safe range      LL Configuration Parameters Temperature Sensor 2 48 0  Temp  within safe range  Voltage Sensor 0 3 44 V Voltage within acceptable range  Voltage Sensor 1  5 07 v  Voltage within acceptable range  Voltage Sensor 2 12 26 V Voltage within acceptable range  CPU Temp Sensor Redundant     Temp  sensor is NOT present    Boardi Te
99. anel of the  configuration window  The Channel Settings configuration will  appear as two separate pages on the right side  Parameters and ID    See Figure 8 1         yj Step 2  From the Parameters panel  specify a preferred value with    configurable items either by checking the pull down menus or  radio buttons of the transfer clock  transfer width  termination   and or parity check  Be sure to click Apply for the changes to take  effect     cy Step 3  If you want to assign a different ID to the selected channel  choose    the ID panel  An ID pool scroll menu will appear as shown in  Figure 8 5     Setting the Configurations for a Channel    Chapter 8  Channel Configuration    Host Channel    Channel 0  Hast  Fibre  Speed  2 GHz  Parameters ID    Channel 7  Host  Fibre  Speed  Auto           Apply      Figure 8 5  ID Pool Menu    When selecting an ID  be sure that it does not conflict with the other devices  on the channel  Preset  Ds should have been grayed out and excluded from  selection  The ID pool lists all available IDs for the current selection   Highlight the IDs you want to use by selecting their check boxes and click  Apply to create either the PIDs  Primary ID  or SIDs  Secondary ID  for the  channel     Setting the Configurations for a Channel 8 7    RAIDWatch User s Manual    This page is intentionally  left blank       8 8 Setting the Configurations for a Channel    Locating Drives    Chapter 9    Drive Management    This chapter focuses on how to create or 
100. annel 0  Host  Fibre  ID  Speed     i Logical Volume Information Channel 1  Host  Fibre  ID  101  102  108  109  89  100  110  111  Speed            ERE el    ig  System Information       Statisti  Rs rine Channel Status  Zi aintenance    D Logical Drives Topology Loop           3 Physical Drives Speed  c Task Schedules Link Status Link Down   A Configuration WWPN Port Name 210000D023F00233        Create Logical Drive WWNN Node Name 200000D023F00233     Er Existing Logical Drives Loop ID    ml  Create Logical Volume    mia Existing Logical Volumes Refresh      Figure 6 20  Fibre Channel Status Window       The Information Category 6 17    RAIDWatch User s Manual    6 6 6 System Information Window    The System Information window  shown in Figure 6 21  provides key  information about the RAID subsystem and the RAID controller unit that  powers the subsystem  Enclosure information includes the operating status  of power supply  temperature sensors  and cooling fan units  Controller  information includes CPU  firmware boot record version  serial number   CPU and board temperature  voltage  and status of the battery  This window  has no configuration options     Law Array      System Information                                                                                                                   FHP i   Information System Information 000           Device Name Value Status a i       4 Enclosure View       s ome CPU Type PPC750     i   z i uc 3m   F Tasks Under Process 
101. anual    12 3 LED Representations    As described earlier  see Section 12 1   the Enclosure View is a direct  representation of the physical devices  Almost every major component has  its status indicating LEDs  When a component fails  or some other event  occurs   the related LEDs will flash or change the display color  The  physical status of the LEDs will be reflected by the LEDs shown in the  Enclosure View window  That is  if an LED on the physical device changes  its display color  then the display color of the corresponding LED in the  Enclosure View window will also change     Enclosure Pages       Enclosure Vie            RAID   JBOD ChI 2 D 114      sd E a           E MS SEN    See    f JA    N QUEEN ENT Sy ea       Status LEDs    Figure 12 4  Enclosure Tabbed Panel and Component LED Display    The definition for each LED has been completely described in the  Installation and Hardware Reference Manual that came with your RAID  controller subsystem  Please refer to the manual to determine what the  different LEDs represent     12 3 1 Service LED  on Models that Come with an  LED panel     Service LED for RAID JBOD subsystems     The service LED can be enabled by RAIDWatch management software  from a remote site to identify which subsystem is being serviced  The  corresponding subsystem LED will also be lighted in RAIDWatch GUI     Pressing the service button on the subsystem can also enable the service  LED     12 4 Enclosure Display    Chapter 12  Enclosure Display 
102. apter 6  Basic Operations    6 1 Starting RAIDWatch Agents    Once the RAIDWatch software is properly installed  the necessary software  agents start automatically each time the host computer is started or reset   e g   RAID Agents and Root Agents  However  the GUI part of RAIDWatch  and the Configuration Client utility need to be manually started     Since the majority of RAID storage applications require non stop operation   the Configuration Client utility  which is used to monitor and report array  conditions  should be installed on a management server that runs 24 7  operation  For a higher level of fault tolerance in case of server failure  the  Configuration Client can be installed onto more than one server  As shown  below  when installing RAIDWatch using the Advance Centralized  Management scheme  a pair of redundant servers can be specified in the  installation wizard prompt  The configuration is done by specifying IP  addresses for a Master Host and a Slave Host     V IMPORTANT     RAIDWatch must be manually installed  Advanced Installation  and then  choose Mode I installation  Centralized Management  onto both the  Master and Slave hosts  The Configuration Client functionality on the  Slave host becomes active only when the Master host fails        Infortrend RAIDWatch Setup    Select Single or Redundancy Mode of  Centralized Management    f Single        Redundancy Master Host     Please input slave host IP here     Redundancy Slave Host     Please input masterh
103. ard drives have  not received I Os for a period of time  When enabled  this feature  helps reduce power consumption        Drive Delayed Write  This option applies to SATA disk drives which  may come with embedded buffers  When enabled  write performance  may improve  However  this option should be disabled for mission   critical applications  In the event of power outage or drive failures   data cached in drive buffers may be lost  and data inconsistency will  occur  The default setting is    Disabled        This function is only applicable on RAID subsystems running Firmware  3 47 or above version with SATA hard drives       Disk I O Timeout  Sec   This is the time interval for the subsystem to  wait for a drive to respond to I O requests  Selectable intervals range  from 1 to 10 seconds        SAF TE SES Device Check Period  Sec   If enclosure devices in  your RAID enclosure are being monitored via SAF TE SES  use this    Host side  Drive side  and Disk Array Parameters 7 15    RAID Watch User s Manual    7 16    function to decide at what interval the subsystem will check the status  of these devices     Drive Fail Swap Check Period  Sec   The subsystem scans drive  buses at this interval to check if a failed drive has been replaced     Maximum Tag Count  The subsystem supports tag command  queuing with an adjustable maximum tag count from 1 to 128  The  default setting is    Enabled    with a maximum tag count of 32     Host side Parameters    Maximum Queued I O Count  T
104. armatian Create Logical    Quick Installation            Create Logical Drive                Logical V alume       Statistics       Maintenance    Ay Configuration    Lue  Quick Installation           Channel    Host LUM Mapping        Configuration Parameters              E  Create Logical Drive                Te   ers  THEM   Tne    Figure 9 16  Accessing the Create Logical Volume Window      Step 2  The Create Logical Volume window will appear     Logical Volume Management 9 19    RAIDWatch User s Manual    Create Logical Volume  Logical Drives Available selected Members  Le      wo  3EDBA9AS  Size  20008  BF wo  3Fc10456  size  400m       size  MB        Write Policy  petaut    Assignment   Primary Controller  gt    OK   Reset      Figure 9 17  The Create Logical Volume Window    9 3 2 Creating Logical Volumes    9 3 2 1  LV Creation        Step 1  Select the LDs that will be used in the LV from the Logical  Drives Available panel      7 Step 2  Select the following RAID parameters       Write Policy      Assignment     7 Step 3  Information about the selected LDs will appear on the Selected  Members panel  Click the OK button     9 3 2 2  Selecting LDs       Step 1  Select each logical drive you wish to include in the new logical  volume with a single mouse click  Select the LDs you wish to  incorporate into a LV and click the Add button beneath the  Available menu        Step 2  All available logical drives are listed on the left  There are no  limitations as to the num
105. array performance  and should be configured before  creating logical arrays   See Figure 7 1     WiRAIDWatch    System Language Window Help    WS A16F R1A2 Array  System   Action    Information     M  gt   Maintenance b  lrmress Enclosure View    Configuration P Create Logical Drive  Existing Logical Drives JBOD  C hl 2 ID      14     Create Logical Volume    A   Fibre Channe Existing Logical volumes            E  Logical valurm                     System Inforn Channel    LF    Statistics  Configuration Parameters           4    Maintenance    lA Configuration    a Information Summary    E  Create Logical Drive             Device  Fp Existing Logical Drives  i  Controller CPU PPCTS0  Cache  z  IE Create Logical volume  x Channel Channel Q  Host  Fibre  I   Existing Logical volumes      u  Channel Channel 1  Host  Fibre  Channel  a B Logical Drive I  4DS03FD7  NRAID       a eax Lun Chl Ic 1  SCSI IDz401                          I   4 fe EI 4    CHL z ID  36 Drive MO       Figure 7 1  Opening the Configuration Parameters Window    The following is a complete list of configuration controls and optional  menus that you will have available once the Configuration Parameters  option has been selected     More information about many of these variables is available in the controller  hardware and firmware documentation     7 2 Accessing Configuration Parameters Options    Chapter 7  Configuration Parameters    7 2 Communications    Communications    To configure the Communication opt
106. asks Under Process    ipuration P Logical Drive Information          E slic m hiker hts agical Volume Information  E     Tasks Under Fibre Channel Status    mm Logical Drive System Information    on Statisti  Iz Tr  iy Logical volur     s Fihra Charnnoal ctatiic    Figure 12 3  Accessing the Enclosure View    12 2 3 Component Information    The front and rear views of a RAID subsystem in the Enclosure View  window are the exact representations of physical components  This window  is particularly useful in monitoring the status of the physical drives  It  provides a real time report on the drive status  using LED colors to represent  various operating statuses     The Enclosure View displays information about the following RAID  components       RAID Controller     The RAID controller is the heart of any RAID  enclosure and controls the flow of data to and from the storage  devices       I O Channels     An I O channel is the channel through which data  flows to and from the RAID controller       Battery Backup Unit  BBU      The BBU provides power to the  memory cache when power outage occurs or the power supply  units fail     e NOTE     The BBU is an optional item for some subsystem models       Power Supply Unit  PSU      All RAID devices should come with at  least one PSU that provides power to the RAID device from the  main power source       Cooling Module     All RAID devices should come with at least one  cooling module     Enclosure Display 12 3    RAIDWatch User s M
107. ata as Text File    Firmware version  3 42D 03 Export Configuration Data az XML File    Bootrecord Version  1 3114 Egoni ding Lom stes SOL lle     Serial Number  6620142  9 Controller Settingis      Controller Name  Not Set      Logo  A16F R1211    Event Log List Configuration List    Figure 11 7  Configuration List Window             Restore Configuration from XML File    Right click on the Configuration List window will allow you to select  four  4  options and they are explained as follow     Export Configuration Data as Text File  When you select this option   the program will save the system s configuration data to a text file  You  may select a file destination in a prompt up Save window     Export Configuration Data as XML File  Select a file location where  you like to save the system s configuration data as an XML file in a  prompt up Save window when you select this option     Export Host LUN List as XML File  This option will only export Host  LUN list to an XML file  You may select a file destination in a Save  window     Restore Configuration from XML File  You may retrieve the  configuration data that you exported earlier to the system  Select a file  you previously saved from the Open window     11 2 Logical Drive Information    Logical Drive Information helps you to identify the physical locations  and logical relationship among disk drive members  In a massive storage  application  a logical array may consist of disk drives installed in  different drive enclo
108. ate logical configurations and set appropriate configuration settings for  system operations  This category is available only when logging in using the  Configuration access with the correct password     To access the Configuration category  either select the icon from the  navigation tree or go to the Action Command menus and then select  Configuration on the top of the screen   See Figure 6 23     The Configuration Category 6 23    RAIDWatch User s Manual    6 24    6 8 1    6 8 2      murs Array  192 168     System   Action         Infarmatian b i P   Maintenance   Create Logical I    Configuration P GIUICK Installation            E Create Logical Drive  Existing Logical Drives  Logical Drive Create Logical s alume  Logical olurr Existing Logical volumes  Channel    Host LUN Mapping      Fibre Channe    System Inforn l l  Configuration Parameters    lal Statistics    Figure 6 27  Accessing Configuration Commands    Quick Installation    This is a new function in RAIDWatch 2 2 or above version  When you first  connect RAIDWatch to a new RAID system without any previous  configurations  select Quick Installation and let RAIDWatch guide you  thought a simple logical drive creation process  Later  the RAIDWatch  program will lead you to a LUN mapping process     If you already have at least one logical drive existed in the RAID system   this function will be disabled  You will be prompt a message window that  indicates logical drive already exists     Create Logical Drive Wind
109. ay be  expanded  If there is no amount present in the text box  then the LD  cannot be expanded     Set Expansion Size    A value can be entered in this text box if and only if an amount is shown  in the Available Expand Size text box  The value entered into the  Expansion Size text box cannot exceed the amount shown above  The  value entered here specifies the size of the LD expansion     Execute Expand    Execute Expand allows you to determine whether or not the expansion  will be done online or offline  If you wish to do an online expansion  then  the expand process will be completed once the subsystem finds I O  requests from the host are comparatively low and allows the expand  operation  If you wish to do an offline expansion  then the OFFLINE  menu item will begin immediately     9 2 3 4  Click Expand to Initiate LD Expansion    To initiate the LD expansion  follow these steps        Step 6  Once the LD expansion parameters have been selected  click the  Expand button at the bottom of the Expand page        Step 7  The expand process begins and you may check the progress in the  Tasks Under Process window        yj Step 8  The logical drive will now have a new last partition the same size    as the expansion  You may right click the logical drive field  listed above to display the Edit Partition command to verify this     9 10 Logical Drive Management    Chapter 9  Drive Management    9 2 3 5  Accessing the Migrate LD Command page    To access the Migration LD command 
110. ber of logical drives that can be included  in a logical volume  Double check to ensure that you have  selected the appropriate members     9 3 2 3  Setting LV Parameters    After the LDs that will be used in the LV have been selected  the LV  parameters for the LV must be selected  LV parameter options can be  accessed at the bottom of the Create Logical Volume window as shown  in Figure 9 17     LV Assignment  Choose Primary Controller or Secondary Controller from the Logical  Volume Assignment menu     9 20 Logical Volume Management    Chapter 9  Drive Management    If the redundant controller function has not been enabled or the SIDs  are not assigned on drive channels  the LD Assignment pull down  menu will not be available     Select Write Policy    Use the Write Policy menu to select Default  Global Setting   Write  Through  or Write Back  The same policy will automatically apply to all  logical drives  members  included in the logical volume     The Default option should be considered as    Not Specified     If set to  Default  the logical drive s caching behavior will be automatically  controlled by firmware  In the event of component failure or violated  temperature threshold  Write back caching will be disabled and  changed to a more conservative  Write through  mode     9 3 2 4  Click OK to Create LV    Once the logical drives that will be used in the LV have been selected  and all the desired LV parameters have been selected       Step 1  Click the OK button at t
111. button located on the upper left of the user interface   See  Figure 4 26     The Root Agent runs as an application and is automatically loaded when  the server is powered on  Restart the Configuration Client for the changes  to take effect     g UE EN EN NEN EM NND NEM NES NEM NEM GM NEMO EM UND D NOD D OD UND NOD y    E i     uammmmmmm     Switched ON Switched OFF        Figure 4 26  Enabling a Notification Method by the Switch Button    Event Notification Settings 4 15    RAIDWatch User s Manual    4 4 4 SNMP Traps Settings    Heceiver Side    To set a client listening to SNMP traps     QU    Step 1  Open the Module Config page  Use the Module Name pull   down menu to select SNMP trap     va    Module Name SNMP trap          Paste  1       SNMP Local IP         Av    Figure 4 27  Selecting SNMP Trap Notification    in     Step 2  To create a new SNMP trap  click the Create button on the top  right screen or right click on the lower half of the configuration  screen  the Add SNMP Receiver dialog box will appear     Module Contig   plugin   Create Plugin      Module Name SNMP trap v ln     Disable                               Right click on the  lower level of  Configuration screen          Severity    Description        Figure 4 28  Adding SNMP trap       Step 3  Enter the IP addresses of the SNMP agents that will be listening  for trap notification in the Add SNMP Receiver dialog box    Add SNMP receiver E x     SMP receiver IP    Severity h             Figure 4 29  Add S
112. cation                      eee eese e eene eee ette ettet tetti annonae papa aua 23  Figure 4 40  Adding MSN Notification                  eeeeessssesessseeseeeeen enne r nnns 23  Figure 4 41  Add MSN Receive Dialog Box                    eese 23  Figure 4 42  Selecting SMS INOUTICALQOT ie eres toto enero ei etin onte kou dno evt io lees ep du repe ese eu dete 25  Figure 4 45  Adding SMS Notification ioco chen thesauro enn dua Mos eua euentu du chosen du aun du eu unn eus 25  Figure 4 44  Add SMS Receiver Dialog BOx                        eee eee e eee eee eter ettet tn nn nonna 25  Figure 4 45  Auto Discovery Options  xeu a EEG 27  Figure 4 46  Auto Discovery Dialog Box arriera a a nnns 27  Figure 4 47  Enable Disable the Auto Discovery                       eese 28  Figure 4 465  Auto Discovery  NOCE asasinii nen ope eese ess est oops e esa does esx Ope sess eus o est eb esed ede ep ap  28  Proure 449  The Root Abent LIST acien nana e bise em duos estet papi e pau esam ASEE ses 28  Figure 4 50  Event Log Display Window                     cccsssssseseeeeeececccccseceeessseseseseseeeeeceeeeeceaenses 30  Figure 6 1  Installation Wizard Prompt  Redundancy Server                         eseeeeeeee 3  Figure 6 2  Configuration Client Shortcut on Windows Startup Menu                           sssseeee 4  Figure 6 3  RAIDWatch Shortcut on Windows Desktop                         eeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeenrerree 4  Figure 6 4  RAIDWatch Connection Window                    eeeeeeeeee
113. ccscccscscsscccsccsoeesssees 4 6  4 2 1 Command MENU seed etam etate en eI Le ts 4 7  4 2 2 LOOL DAT BUU ONS SELENE EE M e E M E I LA 4 7  4 2 3 Connection View WEIRIQQOW  etsi utei ttont stu Sis Eta 4 6  4 2 4 Module Configuration Window                  esses enne ener 4 9  43  ROOTAGENT CONFIGURATION sciscsssccscdsssscssassccssvescadscserandcsedvonscdocsassasuessasveseeacsaes 4 9  4 5 1 ROOLAPOnISSO ul DS erus xecs ha chastised peo totu iat oe e e UI Edad dud b pa ou Usa AERA 4 10  4 3 2 Adding RAID Agents IPs  Associating Root Agent with Multiple RAID Arrays   4 10  4 3 3 TOOL A ven LOG  SCUIN OS ea o iridis Fa d tee eie theo tu ak oa d adus 4 11  4 3 4 Create Plug ins with Event Notification                 esses 4 12  BS du IBelore VOW Degli e datotesatatictea tad iio ad Lattice ute roe atte iiads 4 12  dOdq2The ConWeutatton FFOC  SS   aetasidetecitutiiduistei tenteitickute fulvis in en etel uds 4 12  44  EVENT NOTIFICATION SETTINGS       se iaossee soap oneei esI EP EF NERIS EH ea Una PUES TE USE UENIRE PN ONERE 4 14  4 4 1 Configuration Client Notification Methods                      sese 4 14  4 4 2 Event Sever Devel Sasain eE vss lebte ute uut onu ugs Ded heut 4 14  4 4 3 Enabling Notification Functions              eese eene nnne nens 4 15  4 4 4 SNMP  I TADS SOLI Sic iet ERO t UN m ed ip eu EPUM EISE UITAE 4 16  ISGCetVer S106 3e tena dee a ete eT Et D nea eher Um Leno qe Ma ciptis toa reed 4 16  SCTE elio EH c r                           4 17  4 4 5 PAU S CHIN T
114. cel this action and go back to the Threshold page in  Configuration Parameter window         Redundant Controller Settings    This sub window contains configuration options related to redundant  controller configurations   See Figure 7 9  This Redundant page only  displays if your controller subsystem comes with dual redundant RAID    controllers   Configuration Parameters  Communication   Controller  System  Password   Threshold   Redundant rigger  Other  Redundant Caonlraller Communication Channel  SATA Channel  Secondary Controller RS 232 Tarminal D amp abed       Periadic Cache Flush Time Enabled v  Adaptive Write Policy Disabled             Eo    Figure 7 9  The Redundant Page    Each option is executed by a two step procedure  Click to select a desired  value from the pull down menu  and then click Apply for the configuration  to take effect        Secondary Controller RS 232 Terminal  In a redundant controller  configuration  the RS 232C port on the Secondary controller is  normally nonfunctional  Enable this function if you wish to use the  port for debugging purposes     We      NOTE     Access to the Secondary controller only allows you to see controller  settings  In a redundant configuration  configuration changes have to be  made through the Primary controller       Periodic Cache Flush Time  If redundant controllers work with  Write TBack caching  it is necessary to synchronize the unfinished  writes in both controllers  memory  Cache synchronization lets each  
115. cluding the RAID controller s   I O  channels  connection speeds  logical drive status  LUN mapping status    etc     Enclosure View       RAID   JBOD CHI 2 1D 113              OOC          E T  DAR   ELM    uo      Redundant Controller is Scanning  aul c2 i   Fan 0 functioning normally   Fan 1 functioning normally    Fan 2 functioning normally  D  lFan 3 functioning normally    Ot  2f   2 ID  2b T TBF     Size MB   76058  Status  Good  Speed  2 0GB  Information Summary                       Device    12 6           Controller    CPU PPC750  Cache  258MB  ECC SDRAM   Firmware 3 414  Bootrecord 1 31K  SN 12 Power Supply 0 functioning normally          Power Supply 1 functioning normally                       oN Channel Channel 0  Host  Fibre  Speed 2 GHz   T      Ys Channel Channel 1  Host  Fibre  Speed  Auto   T      Ve Channel Channel 3  RCCOM  Fibre  Speed  Auto           E Logical Drive    ID  784B644E  RAID 5  8000MB          coo Lun       Chl ID O  SCSI ID Q  LUN O             Figure 12 7  Information Summary    Enclosure Display    Chapter 13    NPC Utility Coupled with Mode Three  Installation    This chapter introduces the NPC utility  The following topics are discussed       The NPC Utility     Section 13 1  page 13 2      13 1 1 The NPC Utility    13 1 2 To Access the Utility     Configuring the Utility Options     Section 13 2  page 13 3    13 2 1 SSL    13 2 2 Email Notification    73 2 3 SNMP Traps      13 2 4 Broadcast    The NPC Utility 13 1    RAIDWatch User s
116. configured into the array to replace failed drives  In the absence of  spare drives  you will need to use replacement drives to replace  defective drives before rebuilding  If a spare drive has been used to    Background Information    Chapter 2  RAIDWatch Considerations    rebuild the array  you will also need to replace the failed drive  manually to create another spare in case another drive fails       Failed drives  These are physical drives that fail due to some type  of error  Failed drives appear with red LED marks on their  respective icons       Logical drives  Logical drives are the combinations of multiple  physical drives  Combining physical drives into logical drives gives  you a disk array with a certain RAID level  To view logical drives   select  Existing Logical Drives  under the navigation menu tree       Logical volumes  Volumes are the combinations of several logical  drives  Combining logical drives into logical volumes gives you a  single logical unit with even larger capacity  Logical volumes or  their partitions are mapped to various host LUNs  To view logical  volumes  select    Existing Logical Volumes  under the navigation  menu tree     2 3 Operating with Spare Drives    You can assign spare drives to a particular logical drive to serve as  backup drives  When a drive fails within the logical drive  one of the  spares will be automatically configured into the logical drive  and data  reconstruction onto it will immediately commence     The followin
117. controller keep a replica of the unfinished writes on its partner  so    Redundant Controller Settings 7 11           RAIDWatch User s Manual    that if one of the controllers fails  the surviving controller can finish  the writes     If controllers are operating using the Write Through caching mode   the Periodic Cache Flush Time can be manually disabled to save  system resources and achieve better performance     We      NOTE     If periodic cache flush is disabled  the configuration changes made through  the Primary controller is still communicated to the Secondary controller        Adaptive Write Policy  Firmware is embedded with intelligent  algorithms to detect and to adapt the array s caching mode to the I O  requests characteristics  The capability is described as follows     1  When enabled  the adaptive write policy optimizes array  performance for sequential writes     2  The adaptive policy temporarily disables an array s write caching  algorithm when handling sequential writes  Write caching can be  unnecessary with sequential writes so that write requests can be  more efficiently fulfilled by writing data onto disk drives in the  order in which they are received     3  The adaptive policy changes the preset write policy of an array  when handling I Os with heterogeneous characteristics  If the  firmware determines it is receiving write requests in sequential  order  the write caching algorithm is disabled on the target logical  drives     If subsequent I Os are 
118. ct this command     Generate Dummy Event  You can also generate simulated events to test  the notification functions once you have configured any or all of the  notification methods     Refresh  Refresh the connection between your computer and the Root  Agent Server     4 2 4 Module Configuration Window    The Module Config panel contains pull down menus that allow access to  create or modify various notification methods  The panel also allows you  to setup an administrator s identity and lets an administrator be constantly  aware of all arrays  status through notification emails        Module Config   Plugin   Create Plugin      Module Mame Roct  gent log al      Status Disable     SMTP Server 132 168 1 28     sender mail box estiintortrend com twv   Recipient Email est intortrend com ty  Send period hour        Figure 4 15  Enable an Administrator   s Options    The Module Config panel provides access to ten  10  configurable items   and each item contains two or more setup options  Seven  7  of them  belong to the notification methods  ways to notify a user if event faults  occur  settings     Double clicking the Current Value field can modify all configuration  options     4 3 Root Agent Configuration    To configure the Root agent settings  select the Module Config menu on  the right of the Configuration Client User Interface as shown in Figure  4 16  Select the pull down menu named Root Agent Setting from the  Module Name section     Root Agent Configuration 4 9    RAID
119. d  each LUN in that  host ID will appear as a device with the user defined peripheral  device type     For connection without a pre configured logical unit and Ethernet  link to a host  the in band SCSI protocol can be used in order for the  host to  see  the RAID subsystem  Please refer to the reference table  below  You will need to make adjustments in those pull down menu   Peripheral Device Type  Peripheral Device Qualifier  Device Support  for Removable Media  and LUN Application     Operation   Peripheral   Peripheral   Device LUN  System Device Device Support for   Applicability  Type Qualifier Removable   Media    Windows Oxd Connected   Either is okay  2000 2003    Solaris    Oxd Connected   Either is okay   LUN O   s  8 9  x86  and  SPARC   o    Table 7 1  Peripheral Device Type Parameters          1  Processor Device 3    CD ROM Device 5       Host side  Drive side  and Disk Array Parameters 7 17    RAID Watch User s Manual    Scanner Device    Storage Array Controller Device   OxC    Enclosure Services Device OxD       Unknown Device Ox 1f  Table 7 2  Peripheral Device Type Settings      Cylinder Head Sector  Drive capacity is decided by the number of  blocks  For some operating systems  Sun Solaris  for example  the  capacity of a drive is determined by the cylinder head sector count   For Sun Solaris  the cylinder cannot exceed 605535  choose   cylinder  65535   then the controller will automatically adjust the  head sector count for your OS to read the correct 
120. d Chineham Business Park  Basingstoke  Hampshire   RG24 8WG  UK   Tel   44 1256 70 77 00   Fax   44 1256 70 78 89  sales eu infortrend com  support eu infortrend com    http   esupport infortrend europe com   http   www  infortrend com    RAIDWatch User s Manual    Copyright 2006    First Edition Published 2005    All rights reserved  This publication may not be reproduced  transmitted   transcribed  stored in a retrieval system  or translated into any language or  computer language  in any form or by any means  electronic  mechanical   magnetic  optical  chemical  manual or otherwise  without the prior written  consent of Infortrend Technology  Inc     Disclaimer    Infortrend Technology makes no representations or warranties with respect  to the contents hereof and specifically disclaims any implied warranties of  merchantability or fitness for any particular purpose  Furthermore   Infortrend Technology reserves the right to revise this publication and to  make changes from time to time in the content hereof without obligation to  notify any person of such revisions or changes  Product specifications are  also subject to change without prior notice     Trademarks    Infortrend  Infortrend logo  EonStor and RAIDWatch are all registered  trademarks of Infortrend Technology  Inc  Other names prefixed with    IFT     and    ES    are trademarks of Infortrend Technology  Inc     Microsoft  Windows  Windows NT  Windows 2000  Windows XP  and  Windows Server 2003  and Windows Stora
121. d etae aov vae E cv eI ie Ie epu EON dd see Me eb eve ae isi va dt A 13  C do  ARTI TDG CTI ON testa iebtstesb test ale Place tse Said tape alse hebes cou eh rubo etd A 13  Cel  NOH RATDD SONG CC dnt tiat ESI A 13  Cos BRAIN O so ctt es a Eo e EO A 14  Co  RAD d a cst Oti e SN eite iUe es e CIEL UR  A 15  Cos TRAE COT  acute m Un EE o oa aN UN custo itai ceo ei DM Sci t Eod A 15  Cos AA Deore ne ren OR SPS APES AE INT SnD AOA mE REY NTT me Ren                A 16   Qu MEE VU D E                A 17   Gr E vip E                      A 18  CQ  uRATDSIU 90 50  0U OU teiscs dum E temen EON E ETA A 18  APPENDIX D  ADDITIONAL REFERENCES       ccccsssssssccccccsssssssccccccccsssssccccccccsssssccccccsees A 19  Dl  avg Runiumebnvironmentaaseec cec e ete tne eise ees dae awe eee A 19  D 2    RAIDWatch Update Downloads  amp  Upgrading                      ssssseseeeeee A 19  Ins  SoUBPSIQIINHSSRATDIWVAOIOl e ans En Tu pH esM mU tn m M m A 19    List of Tables    Table 1 1  Software Modules  Heterogeneous RAIDWatch Connection                           uuuessse 7  Table 1 2  Software Modules  RAIDWatch Connection over Java Applet                                 7  Table 1 3  Software Modules  Management Only                cccccccccccccccccceeeeeeseeeseeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaas 8  Table 1 4  RAIDWatch Module Requirements                  ccccccccccccccecceessseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaeaeenees 1   Table  3  RAID Chartins Table  ier losen tua SEEN Meu bate a aE E unt eaque  4  Table 4 E  Leve
122. d size is determined by the Stripe size     4  Enhance performance using LMDD test in the sequential  reads     5  The Synchronized Cache Communications between RAID  controllers is disabled     Multiple Steams   for applications featuring smaller I Os and more  outstanding I Os  e g   Media Broadcasting     1  The Maximum Drive Response Timeout will be  automatically set to 960ms     2  The Write back Flush threshold is set to a value lower than  Infortrend   s traditional Write back Flush threshold     Host side  Drive side  and Disk Array Parameters 7 21    RAIDWatch User s Manual    3  Enhance performance using LMDD test in the sequential  reads     4  The Synchronized Cache Communications between RAID  controllers is disabled     We      NOTE     Some parameters related to AV Optimization will be implemented as  system defaults in the append file for specific ODM OEM models     7 22 Host side  Drive side  and Disk Array Parameters    Chapter 8    Channel Configuration    Using RAIDWatch Manager  you can modify the configuration of any  channel on the controller  With RAID controllers such as the EonRAID  2510FS  you can set the channel operation mode to host or drive  enable or  disable channel termination  set IDs  set the transfer clock rate for  synchronous communications  and select the transfer width    Channel configuration settings are available under Physical View in the    RAID View window  This chapter describes the following Channel  Configuration features    
123. d uses them to  communicate with RAID arrays over the existing SCSI or Fibre host  connections  The traditional way for controllers to communicate with the  host computer has been via software  such as RAIDWatch  using an  Ethernet connection  With in band commands  integrators have more  flexibility and may use the existing host connection instead     There are limitations on the use of in band protocols  For example  in order  for a host to  see  the RAID controller subsystem  at least one  1  logical  drive must exist and be associated with host ID LUNs  Otherwise  the RAID  controller subsystem itself must be configured to appear as a peripheral  device to the host computers     See the examples below for the procedures on configuring RAID  controller subsystems into a peripheral device     Program Updates    Chapter 3  Installation    3 6 2 Related Configuration on Controller Subsystem    In band SCSI    The RAID controller or subsystem must make some adjustments as well as  the host computer s SNMP settings before the two can communicate using  SCSI commands  You can use the RS 232 terminal utility to change the  RAID controller settings      7 Step 1  From the Main Menu  press the Up or Down buttons to select       View and Edit Configuration Parameters         J Step 2  Press Enter  and then use the Up or Down keys to select    Host     side SCSI Parameters   Then press Enter     The Peripheral Device Type Parameters submenu also needs to be  adjusted  Refer to the in
124. delete Logical Drives  LDs  and Logical  Volumes  LVs   Both LDs and LVs can be partitioned  This chapter describes the  following drive management features        Locating Drives     Section 9 1  page 9 3        Logical Drive Management     Section 9 2  page 9 3      9 2 1 Accessing the Create Logical Drive Window      9 22 Creating Logical Drives    9 2 2 1 LD Creation  9 2 2 2 Selecting Drives  9 2 2 3 Setting RAID Parameters    9 2 2 4 Click OK to Create LD      9 2 3 Accessing the Existing Logical Drive Window    9 2 3 1 Modifying LD Configurations   9 2 3 2 Expanding LD by Adding Disks   9 2 3 3 Accessing the Expand Command   9 2 3 4 Click Expand to Initiate LD   9 2 3 5 Accessing the Migrate LD Command page    9 2 3 6 Click Migrate Logical Drives to Initiate LD Migration      9 2 4 Dynamic Logical Drive Expansion    9 2 4 1 What Is It and How Does It Work     9 2 4 2 Two Modes of Dynamic LD Expansion      9 2 5 Adding Spare Drive Assignments    9 2 5 1 Accessing the Spare Drive Management Screen    9      RAID Watch User s Manual    9 2      9 2 6 Rebuilding Logical Drives       9 2   Deleting an LD  Logical Volume Management     Section 9 3  page 9 18      9 3 1 Accessing the Create Logical Volume Window      9 3 2 Creating Logical Volumes    e 9 3 2 1 LV Creation  e 9 3 2 2 Selecting LDs  e 9 3 2 3 Setting LV Parameters    e 9 3 2 4 Click OK to Create    9 3 3 Accessing the Existing Logical Volume  e 9 3 3 1 Modifying LV Configurations    e 9 3 2 2 Expanding a Logica
125. ding to SATA 8 bit error encoding     0 29    RAIDWatch User s Manual    Recovery Process  Firmware might attempt to correct some of  the errors discovered on drives  The configurable options are     No Recovery  Marking Bad Block  Auto Reassignment  and  Attempting Reassign First     If selected  the last option will attempt to reassign bad blocks   and if the reassignment fails  mark those drive sectors as BAD     Copy and Replace   Clone   Reserved Space          Media Scan  Identify Drive     Read  Write Test  Selected Drive Slat    11       Read Only Test     Read  Write Test  Error Occurrence  No Action  v     Recovery Process  No Recovery       Mo Recovery   Marking Bad Block  auto Reassigqnment   Attempting to Reassign First       Figure 9 32  The Read Write Test Configuration Window    9 30 Physical Drive Maintenance    Chapter 10  LUN Mapping    After creating a logical drive  LD  or logical volume  LV   you can map  it as is to a host LUN  or  if partitions are set  you can map each partition  to a specific host LUN  RAIDWatch supports eight LUNs per host  channel  numbered 0   7   each of which appears as a single drive letter  to the host if mapped to an LD  LV  or a partition of either  Existing host  LUN mappings can also be deleted  In cases where certain mappings are  found to be useless  or the disk array needs to be reconfigured  you can  delete unwanted mappings in your system     This chapter explains the following LUN mapping features     Accessing the L
126. drive capacity     Please refer to the related documents provided with your operating  system for more information     Cylinder  Head  and Sector counts are selectable from the  configuration menus shown below  To avoid any difficulties with a  Sun Solaris configuration  the values listed below can be applied     LNNL MNL NL NN    Table 7 3  Cylinder Head Sector Mapping under Sun Solaris       Older Solaris versions do not support drive capacities larger than 1  terabyte  Solaris 10 now supports array capacity larger than ITB  Set  the values to the values listed in the table below     255    Variable       Table 7 4  Cylinder Head Sector Mapping under Sun Solaris    The values shown above are for reference only and may not apply to  all applications       Login Authentication with CHAP  This option allows you to enable  or disable the login authentication with the Challenge Handshake  Authentication Protocol  CHAP  function  CHAP enables the  username and password to be encrypted against eavesdroppers     7 18 Host side  Drive side  and Disk Array Parameters    Chapter 7  Configuration Parameters    Both One way and Two way  Mutual  CHAP approaches are  available through the    iSCSI Initiator    menu under the    Host LUN    mapping    window     e NOTE       The CHAP configuration option here enables CHAP configuration    menu in the host LUN mapping window       Unlike previous RAIDWatch and firmware revisions  controller name    and password are no longer used for CHAP a
127. e 4 29  4 6 3 Level 3 Severity Events  example      cccccccccccccccsssesececcceeceaaesseecceeeeseaaaeseeeeeees 4 30  4 7 EVENT LOG DISPLAY wissciseccassccesscensecesastescdeebantssusnoneseotwasesusneatucbeipeccavonnaneeeabeeanens 4 30    CHAPTER 5 RAIDWATCH ICONS    5 1 NAVIGATION TREE ICONS 452 d eiesvescteodyassedv eio eue esta ee aeo eeu veas ecd eaa g asa asd E NV ERE Uus 5 1  5 2 ARRAY INFORMATION ICONS                 ee eee eee eee eee on eee eee so etes eos e etee sess ee eeeeoss esee eeossoeee 5 3  PT LOSE VOM earner 92 ROREM 5 3  TOSI ACF POCO sac tc eina echo tras eA ora ed oe Sout AL Ed n a reae 5 4    RAIDWatch User s Manual    Logical Drive Information  usns BVA REARS eet A IU ep eit ebd 5 4  Lostcat VOUS TN FOTIA OM ee ucc eceenqiedes out  usse tuendo dea ia uude Ute vut tua desta 5 4  FDE Chanel SIGN cedioscensedetenentosost toe Dont EEE E A A 5 5  SRI Tf OVI ON pm 5 5  5 9  MAINTENANCE  CONS saccsssccsesdesatsiceseceacedesncessecesistasssacebaeiescesedsnasccuassecasecsouadidessassne 5 5  Mani enan e siete talea vateeek aa cotes uia de to ea Cute aa ds 5 5  54   CONFIGURATION  CONS ceee Sora p uS E NURSE FEN RP ERE EN ERR NE MU EKE FnS dr URR NE ER ARERE S VEA SUE HE SUE 5 6  Create LOGICA DIVES asccedetctet adea tote EE t demde deities udel adag ap dU VER edt tS 5 6  ESUS DOSCAN IDV CS sas s aet E du acce ade tete de adde E ted uei peius 5 6  Crede TO CIC GV OLMIS eost deu tasti edes icut tcn a tuc Mace tac t ideal 5 6  EXISTING LOA Cal Volume S aorar eoe iti
128. e Information      Fibre Channel Status     Section 11 4  page 11 11      System Information     Section 11 5  page 11 11      Statistics     Section 11 6  page 11 13    RAID Information    RAIDWatch User s Manual    11 1    11 1 1    RAID Information    RAID Information    Unlike its predecessor  RAIDWatch presents access to all information  services under one Array Status category  Users logged in using the  Information authorization will be allowed to access the information  windows while being excluded from other configuration options     Support for device monitoring via SAF TE  SES  and I C data buses is  the same  However  RAIDWatch now uses a more object oriented  approach by showing the enclosure graphics  which are identical to your  EonRAID or EonStor enclosures  RAIDWatch reads identification data  from connected arrays and presents a correct display as an enclosure  graphic  This process is automatically completed without user s setup         NOTE     we    RAIDWatch does not support the display of drive enclosures provided  by other vendors     The Information Category    Once properly set up and connected with a RAID array  a navigation  panel displays on the upper left of the screen  RAIDWatch defaults to the  Enclosure View window at startup     To access each informational window  single click a display icon on the  navigation panel  You may also access each window by selecting from  the Action menu on the menu bar at the top of the screen  See Figure  11 1 
129. e Solaris Java program used to run  JAR applications locally  over a network  or the Internet     Logical Drive    Typically  a group of hard disks logically combined to form a  single large storage unit  More broadly  the assignment of an ID to  a drive or drives used in storage management  Often abbreviated     TD        Logical Volume    A group of logical drives logically combined to form a single large  storage unit  Often abbreviated    LV        LUN  Logical Unit Number     A 3 bit identifier used on a bus to  distinguish between up to eight devices  logical units  with the  same ID    Mapping  The assignment of a protocol or logical ID to a device for the  purposes of connecting a server to data storage  data transfer  or  device management    Mirroring    A form of RAID where two or more identical copies of data are  kept on separate disks  Used in RAID 1     Configuration Client    An independently run software application included with  RAIDWatch  which permits centralized management using the  Root Agent as the bridging element and event notification via  various methods including e mail and fax     Glossary       Glossary    NRAID    Parity    RAID    Appendices    Non RAID  The capacities of all the drives are combined to  become one logical drive  no block striping   In other words  the  capacity of the logical drive is the total capacity of the physical  drives  NRAID does not provide data redundancy     Parity checking is used to detect errors in binary coded
130. e System page  You may repeat the  steps if you like to proceed with more than one option     System Functions      Mute Beeper  Turns the beeper off temporarily for the current event   The beeper will still be activated by the next event  Be sure that you  have checked carefully to determine the cause of the event       Reset Controller  Resets the subsystem without powering off     System    System              Chapter 7  Configuration Parameters    Shutdown Controller  This prepares the subsystem to be powered  off  This function flushes the unfinished writes still cached in  controller memory making it safe to turn off the subsystem     Restore Factory Default  When you apply this function  any settings  that you have made in RAIDWatch program will be formated and  the original factory default configuration will be restored     A WARNING     Restore Factory Default will erase all your array preferences  including    host ID LUN mappings  Although the configured arrays remain intact     all other caching or performance specific options will be erased     If configured arrays cannot be properly associated with host ID LUNS   data inconsistency might occur     It is best to save your configuration details before using this function     Download Upload         We         Download FW  Subsystem firmware can be upgraded using the  existing management connection  whether Ethernet or in band    Provide the firmware filename using the file location prompt   RAIDWatch will start to
131. e Utility 14 3    RAIDWatch User s Manual    14 3 Centralized Management Connection    Centralized Management will display subsystems based on the Agent IP list   The information is queried from the RootAgent and available subsystems   and they are displayed using colorful icons        Figure 14 4  Not Connected    Figure 14 4 shows that Central Management is not connected with the  RootAgent and there will be no systems listed in the Centralized  Management window        m 132 168 5 84    Figure 14 5  Data Query       Figure 14 5 shows that Centralized Management 1s querying data from the  RootAgent          QA 192 168 584      Figure 14 6  Connected    Figure 14 6 shows that Centralized Management is connected with the  RootAgent     14 4 Maintenance  amp  Configuration    14 4    14 4 1 lcon Labels    Icon labels will display the model name and the IP address of the connected  subsystems     Move the cursor over the icon and an information box will pop up with  detailed information such as  the System Name  ID  IP and the number of  events   See Figure 14 7     Fi6F R2021 6 AlBF a242z7 StorEdge 3320 AlBF G242z7    192 168 5 99 192 168 5 243 192 168 5 154 192 168 5 95    ID S166D  IP 192 165 5 99    2  m has 53 new events             Figure 14 7  System Information Box    Centralized Management Connection    Chapter 14  Central Management Utility    e NOTE     Icons that are blinking red have warning messages or events that should  be verified     14 4 2 System Events    Th
132. e copied and replaced  one by  one  onto three higher capacity drives     RAID Expansion   Mode 2  2 3      5 2GB 2GB 4GB 408    F        Drive      RAID 5    ee       Copy and Replace the other member drives one by one  until all the member drives have been replaced     RAID Expansion  to use the additional capacity        Copy and Replace each member drive  After all the  member drives have been replaced  execute the  Ej In use   7  Unused  Figure 9 11  RAID Expansion Mode 2  2 3     This results in a new AGB  RAID 5 logical drive composed of three  physical drives  The 4GB of increased capacity is in a new partition     9 14 Logical Drive Management    Chapter 9  Drive Management    RAID Expansion   Mode 2  3 3            RAID 5  8GB           n partitions  E gt  Partition nl  E BE B 9         or          After the RAID Expansion  the additional capacity  will appear as another partition  Adding the extra    Inuse  capacity into the existing partition requires OS    unused  support    pu          Figure 9 12  RAID Expansion Mode 2  3 3     IMPORTANT     The increased capacity from either expansion type will be listed as a  new partition     Three new drives are scanned in  To add the drives to the logical drive   select the logical drive where they will be added  then choose the Add  Disk tab to begin the process described above  Select one or more drives  to add and click the Add Disk button  When you have selected all of the  new drives you want to add  click OK     When
133. e es uou eod es ih ae bond  5  Lieure 4 9  Password  Dialog BOX    mb uset cron Lan torcs deeds ke Lui uade sace ote TE uoa dias  5  Figure 4 10  Left Column of Configuration Client User Interface                              eeesesseeesss 6  Figure 4 11  Module Name Pull down List                    eeeeeeeeeeeseeeeseseeseeeeee eene nnne eene 6  Figure 4 12  Major Elements in Configuration Client User Interface                                esssssss 7  E1eure 4 15  Tool Bar Butt  fis uoi Lions teed ae ad eon 7  Figure 4 14  Connection  The Right click Menus                   eeeeeeeeeessssseeeeeeeeeeeernen eene enne 8  Figure 4 15  Enable an Administrator   s Options            cccccccssccecccecececcceeeceeeeeeeeeceeeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 9  Pistite 4 16  Root Agent Setin cecinere                                   conc ENA 10  Figure 4 17  Agent List under Root Agent Setting                   eese 11  Figure 4 18  Agent List Right click Menu           sessssssseesseseeeeeeeeeeeseseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeees 11  Fig  re4 19  Addins RAID Agent IP angaa Mien ite NURSE IR The REDE RUE US 1   Figure 4 20  Root Asent LOS SNE S e nensi te eeu ices dees an eeeeeecendee 12  Figure 4 21  Naming and Associating a Plug in file                             eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeel 13    RAIDWatch User s Manual    Figure 4 22  Create Plug in Receiver Profile    ioter a S tec testi aote o aute Oe dea ERU  13  Ejeured 25 Editing the Severity MeVel ica  cscouatoseutses
134. e frequency of this signal  determines the rate at which data is transferred  For example  if the  synchronous transfer clock is 10 MHz  data transfer rate will be 10 million  bytes per second  using narrow transfer      Data transfer across the SCSI bus can be either 8 bits or 16 bits at a time   The former is referred to as narrow transfer  while the latter is referred to as  wide transfer  According to SCSI channel specifications  transfer speed  shown in MHz is the SCSI bus synchronous frequency  At the same  synchronous transfer clock rate  16 bit wide transfer rate is double of 8 bit  narrow transfer rate  Please refer to the transfer speed in the table below     Transfer Rate Clock Speed in MHz    SCSI 320 160MHz    SCSI 160 S0MHz       Table 8 3  SCSI Channels Clock Speeds    D    w  NOTE     Infortrend s SCSI products are backward compatible with older version  of SCSI type  However  using older versions of SCSI type may slow  down the data transferring speed and do not enjoy some of the new SCSI  features     Under conditions in which SCSI signal quality is poor  such as with  extremely long cables  poor connections  or bad termination  it may  occasionally be necessary to reduce the synchronous transfer clock to allow  the SCSI channel to function normally  Worst case  it may be necessary to  switch to asynchronous communication mode     User Configurable Channel Parameters 8 5    RAIDWatch User s Manual    8 6    8 2 4     8 3    Furthermore  certain older SCSI de
135. e menu bar  at the top of configuration screen or by a right click  Since some of the  Mac machines do not come with a two button mouse  using the    combination of the command e   x   and a mouse click can    also activate these configuration menus     Software Setup 3 19    RAIDWatch User s Manual       jy Step 4  If you wish to immediately access the RAIDWatch manager  open a    web browser and type in the IP address that you used in Figure  3 17     To run the RAIDWatch Manager from the controller  enter the  following into the address bar of the web browser     http   www xxx yyy ZzZ    where WWW XXX yyy ZZz is the IP address entered in Figure 3 17     3 9 Program Updates    As Infortrend s valued customer  you are entitled to free program updates   You can download the latest version of RAIDWatch from Infortrend s FTP  sites or VIP room download site  For customers granted special access  the  update files can also be found in the VIP section of Infortrend s website  For  more information about this service  contact Infortrend support or an  Infortrend distributor in your area     3 6 In band SCSI    3 20    3 6 1 Overview    To meet the needs of device monitoring and administration  more and more  external devices require communication with the host computers  Out of   band connections such as an Ethernet port can be used to achieve this goal     An alternative way of communication is in band SCSI  which transfers  configuration commands into supported SCSI commands an
136. e number by  auto complete feature  You are able to choose one you are  looking for from the list or type in a new IP address     6 6 Start Using RAIDWatch Manager    Chapter 6  Basic Operations    NOTE     If you are not sure of a RAID array s IP address  you may rely on the  Auto Discovery option in the Configuration Client to automatically  detect the available RAID arrays that are controlled by root agents  If  the Auto Discovery option is enabled  the available RAID array will be  shown automatically in the Agent List window that is described in  later this section  To use the Auto Discovery option  please refer to  Section 4 5  Auto Discovery        Step 2  You may select to enable the Secure Sockets Layer  SSL   security option by a single mouse click on its check box  SSL  works by using a private key to encrypt data when transmitting  private documents and obtain confidential information  SSL  creates a secure connection between a client and a server  over  which any amount of data can be sent securely       9 Step 3  Enter a user name by selecting from the pull down menu   Each user name represents an authorized access level  Enter a  password to proceed  Leave it blank if there is no preset  password  Click OK button to start the management session     th         NOTE     Refer to Section 6 4 for the details of the three authorized access  levels     6 3 2 Using the Agent List Window    A unique Agent List window is memorized by the RAIDWatch Manager to  help you s
137. e of  Centralized Management           Single              Redundancy Master Host     Please input slave host IP here     Redundancy  Slave Host     Please input master host IP here         Figure 3 13  Choice of Software Module Redundancy    RAIDWatch allows you to select components during the Custom installation  process  However  it is recommended to keep all the default combinations     Select the components you want to install   clear the components you do not want to install     Available Components   RAID atch  RAID Agent  Root Agent  Configuration Client  Central Management  System files    Description    Figure 3 14  Optional Components       Once the components that you want have been selected  select the  Next button to proceed with the installation  If you do not wish to  proceed with the installation process  select the Cancel button  If you  wish to re select the installation options  select the Back button     3 15    RAIDWatch User s Manual         Installing Infortrend RAIDWatch Program EN   o xl       Installshield is copying files to your system   Click Cancel to stop the installation    RAIDWWatch    Marne quilhelp enicantentsicanfiqured  LY htm  Size  2694  Time  2005 4412 FF 1 47       Figure 3 15  Installing Active       Step 1  If the Next button from Figure 3 14 was selected  the Install Active  window shown in Figure 3 15 will appear  If you wish to stop the  installation procedure  then click the Cancel button     3 16 Software Setup    Chapter 3  I
138. e option  an administrator can decide whether to restore previous  configuration using the original password     A question window will prompt showing the options   See Figure  7 5              Restore NVRAM from Disk      2 Restore without password   Ma         Upload NVRAM will prompt for a file destination at the current  workstation     This option is only available in Firmware revision 3 47 or above     7 5 Password    To configure different levels of the Access authorization Password  select  the Password page  as shown in Figure 7 6  from the Configuration  Parameter window     7 8 Password    Chapter 7  Configuration Parameters    Configuration Parameters    Communication   Controller   System Password   Threshold Redundant  Trigger  Other             aintenance password onfiguration passyyord    Mew Password    New Password     Confirm Password    Confirm Password   JK   OK         Figure 7 6  The Password Page  Maintenance Password    Users logging in using the Maintainance Password will be able to access the  first two configuration categories  Information and Maintenance  You may  set the Maintenace Password here and click OK for the change to take  effect     Configuration Password    Users logging in using the Configuration Password have full access to all  configuration options  A super user has the right to access all three  configuration categories on the navigation tree  You may set the  Configuration Password here and click OK for the change to take effect 
139. e the same functionality  but with greater ease of use   The following sections describe the outstanding features of RAIDWatch and  introduce its conceptual framework     1 1 2 Feature Summary    The list below summarizes RAIDWatch features     Support RAID level 6  which sustains the highest fault tolerance    RAID level migration on a per logical drive basis    Each logical drive can be accessed by both controllers     512K 1024K stripe size supported    User friendly graphical interface displays multiple information  windows for simultaneous managing and monitoring of multiple    RAID subsystems        Standard TCP IP connections to an Internet agent for full featured  worldwide remote management over the network      Communicates with the subsystems over a LAN  out of band  and  the Internet  and over the SCSI bus  iSCSI or Fibre channels using    in band command protocols      Auto Discovery function searches available subsystems on the  network for user convenient RAID connections    RAIDWatch Overview    Chapter 1  Introduction      Severity levels and display sequences are configurable for event  notification via Email  Fax  MSN Messenger  SMS Short Message   LAN Broadcast  and SNMP Traps      Provides password protection to guard against unauthorized  modification of disk array configuration  passwords are set for  Maintenance  user  and Configuration  administrator  login access       lt A Centralized Management utility that provides Online monitoring  of Infortrend
140. earch available RAID subsystems that are connected to the  network or a specific root agent  To use the Agent List window  please  follow the steps below       Step 1  If you would like to see the available RAID subsystems that are  connected to the network or a specific root agent  you may click  the Show Root Agent List button on the bottom of the  RAIDWatch Connection window  The window displays the tree  tables of the available RAID systems that are detected by Auto  Discovery function  An example of an Agent List window is  shown in Figure 6 6     Start Using RAIDWatch Manager 6 7    RAIDWatch User s Manual       2 Agent List    Root Agent       Please right click mouse atthe target  then select command     da Infarmatian    Auto Discovery uper  ID 3854 7  Maintenance        Connect b       Configuration    C hingtu  IGF 1655     MIA  ID U   Figure 6 6  Retrieve IP List  IPs Managed by Root Agents       Step 2  If you like to add a new root agent  pull down the Root Agent  command menu in the Agent List window and select Add  Root Agent  Enter a root agent IP address in the prompt up  window  Any RAID systems that are connected to the root  agent will be shown in a tree table in the Agent List window       IDEMQUE eR     System Language Window Help    i  Agent List         s  atthe target  then select command     Figure 6 7  Add an Root Agent     y Step 3  You may refresh the Agent List window by selecting Refresh  under the Root Agent command menu      y Step 4  Click o
141. eeeeennnnnneneeeenennn nnne 9 13  Mode c c                           P 9 13  ModE erc  O   D Wc    c   c                      fates 9 14  9 2 5 Adding Spare Drive Assignments               sees eene eene nnne 9 15  9 2 5 1  Accessing the Spare Drive Management Screen                    sse 9 16  9 2 6 ReDiduip  LOGICAL DenVes  se ton i ats s ti tate e tut te ues edt mde 9 17  9 2 7 Pele mE QUI ecd vise ee adeat taba ee edis 9 17  9 3  LOGICAL VOLUME MANAGEMENT         5 5 56500552 c6ss een s onus e rasa aeo o aea e e ao Sean pora anneau ane 9 18  9 3 1 Accessing the Create Logical Volume Window                   essen 9 19  9 3 2 Creatine Logical Vollilmbes assueti en tiec ye it o v De vs abu vetet 9 20  Dade  Ey REI IM tens as e EE E EEE E E S GE AE S AEA 9 20  Dad  OLE CLIN EDE e E T ODE ase RS 9 20    vil    RAIDWatch User s Manual    D2  See LV PALAIMCICLS  ous bate eH Rode suing Era remi EE Hn ba E OU PI TA IS EXE U ERU da DON E 9 20   IV AS SST IME IE etre tute era elected EU ya Pe apelin eco eeu is ute owen a dut qu Uta Eu SIN dut 9 20   Select NV TNC  POMC   cene tee e it iet te eoo dec their beers ense Goa s 9 2    09 45   Cholb OR 10 Create DM iener E E a enacted adsit ee fei do 9 2   9 3 3 Accessing the Existing Logical Volumes Window                       seesseeseeee 9 21  9 5 5 1    Modityine LY CoBnTIgUratiOTis enaar eee Loa to ri e eed eed els bandanas 9 22  0302     expanding bosical VOLUP oie rer mea ee ue rre deba reae t v dert ee doa t 9 23  9 3 3 3  Acces
142. eeeeeseseeeeeee nennen eene 6  Figure 6 5  Opening the RAIDWatch Connection Window                      eese 6  Figure 6 6  Retrieve IP List  IPs Managed by Root Agents                   eeeessssssssssseeeeeeeennennns 8  Fiore 0 7  Add anm ROGET SCD isc ser o edet iro tore dee pete pev Een neto e D ERR Ee ERE ENS 8  Figure 6 8  Start Auto Discovery Function                    eese nnns 9  Figure 6 9  The system is processing Auto Discovery Function                          eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee  9  Figure 6 10  Disconnect from a Connected Array                    esee 10  Pioure O21 GU ES crecn Blements sqi ut ood e tot teni ate dried etu bet a onu  12  Figure 0 12  Command Wen  BaE iiit i e eta dio ep muet ce due butter aep aeuo IO ted  s bug eeu os 12  Liseurc 6 15 7 Outer Shell C ommialldso uei sd a posta os oui eis oet tib de eketuutisqe E doyE haa A letesucteds 13  Figure 6 14  Management Window Commandis                       esee 14  Figure 6 15  Accessing Information Commands                       eese 15  Pictire 6 10  Enclosure View WOIDdOW  5595 pasetoerebtiibdbsque quts Mui eiti T 15  Fome 6 17 Lask 5tatus WIBdOWs us oec um pe Rte uma ieistuston a De ius a EU eue Uus 16  Ficore 6 152 Logical Dive M Orma Mesia e i e oet eoe itae iiti sues ue teens  16  Figure 6 19  Logical Volume Information                         eese 17  Fieure  6 20  Fibre  Channel Status WIBOOWu ee ei Lone ans cet oboe i pel eR DOO RN CUR ha eed 17  Figure 6 21  System Information Window      
143. eeeseeeseseese 4  Figure 13 4  Email Notification     Receiver Side Settings                      seeeeeeeeseseeeeseeeeeeeee 4  Figure 43 5  SNMP Traps   Sendetsside SOGTIBS  aoa there expe uv u n deeds tutes uuu de 5  Figure 13 6  SNMP Traps     Receiver Side Settings                  eeeesssssssssssssseeeeeeeeee enn 6  Figure 13 7  Broadcast     Sender side Settings                      eee ee eaae 6  Figure 13 8  Broadcast     Receiver side Settings           eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeerrrerererrrerrrereererrererrrreeeeeeeeeeeees 7  Pear 141 ACCU O c Tc                              2  Piedre  14 2  Input ROOT Agent Porgants atanan sar E tanabnostimecrstanesasemerles 2  Ir tie I  3 vir Brea M         3  Pure 1424  NOCE Om ECE sispan ninnan 5520812255825 0 498928210262 50  d  8408 1205082900 400088 0 0208  90  EAE 4  Pree  L429 ata Query T                M       4  Figure 14 6  C Ontie le dio esas cts es cua Ra Dest REP oa ba Med oe cues vide UR En qu oaa wes ome p n Msc oM etd 4  Figure 14 7  System Information BOX       ee neret rint ettet sereno tpe endo sd nine eee ease no setas qaas 4  Figure 14S Event List  ODDS uod erro ean REP nth ones eo ino pe me pese oe ave ee t p Ee ERE 5  Preure 14 9  Event View ODDO fi ese SERE Gentse sts ee E SHES EARNS OS ee cee sees FERE ERE EID DEN 6  FPioure Cl NoneRAID SON E 2i ion o o te o PR qu tui ER aa bu edes 14  Ligure C2 RATIO Stora ista etat O O 14  LIisure c5  ROAD A Stor oe o oed ena atat eo v tut ie tod Lati tasa d eod ett utes oou  15  
144. el     Logical Volume Status      BETE       Click ta select a logical volume from the list above     Members   Logical Volume Parameters          BE C  22068945  Sce  2000806024  Expand   Properties      valable Expand Size  mex  0 hia lo    Expand       Figure 9 20  Existing Logical Volumes Window       yj Step 2  The expand command can be found by clicking the Expand tab  under the LV Parameters panel     Logical Volume Management 9 23    RAIDWatch User s Manual    9 24    Logical Volume Parameters    Expand   Properties      Available Expand Size  max  0 MB    n  Expand      Figure 9 21  Logical Volume Parameters          yj Step 3  Available expansion size displays in a text box if there is any  amount of unused capacity     E      Step 4  Click the Expand button at the bottom of the configuration panel   The expand process should be completed in a short while because  all unused capacity in the members of a logical volume must be  made useful by the same expansion process  The expansion  process on a logical volume simply lets subsystem firmware  recognize the change in the arrangement of free capacity     We        NOTE     You may combine partitions under View and Edit LV Partition Table  by expanding the size of earlier partitions  such as increasing the size  of partition O so that it is as large as all partitions combined to make    one partition      A WARNING     Combining partitions destroys existing data on all drive partitions    amp   t   Step 5  The logical 
145. elp     Add Host ET a   i  ek     DURER i      Exit i  ES  Connection view       Figure 14 1  Add Host    Am        Step 2  Add one  1  Root Agent by entering the IP address  the IP  address of the management station where you installed the  Configuration Client  for the Root Agent   See Figure 14  2   Input Root Agent IP     Please input the RootAagent server address         Figure 14  2  Input Root Agent IP       14 2 Centralized Management Introduction    Chapter 14  Central Management Utility    a        Step 3  Select the Auto Discovery option from the Module Name drop   down box   See Figure 14 3     a Auto Discovery    IP Range From  192 168 5 100    to   192  168 5 254    192 1685 5 100 192 168 5 254 3      Configure    Modfy    Delete    cancel    rn amp h         Figure 14 3  Auto Discovery    a ar  Q Step 4  Define the IP scan range to search the network  Click Finish   tiny     2 Step 5  Double click the ON OFF switch     The Root Agent will automatically scan the IP range for available  subsystems on the network     NH      Q Step 6  Check the scan results in RootAgent Setting     I IMPORTANT     The Auto Discovery Module only supports the Firmware versions listed  below   FW 3 42H03 or later   Fibre to SATA  FW 3 42J09 or later   SCSI to SATA  FW3 42R01 or later   Fibre to Fibre  Auto Discovery cannot detect a subsystem if the firmware version is  older then those listed above  However  you can still manually provide    the subsystem s Agent IP     Setting Up th
146. els for any notification setting  right   click on the Severity section in the lower level of Configuration screen   Select Edit common to view the Edit dialog box   See Figure 4 23   Select the desired severity level in the Severity pull down menu   See  Figure 4 28  Once the severity level is selected  click OK to exit the  dialog box     Module Config   Plugin   Create Plugin      Module Name  wwe trap    Create  OF  Variable Current Value     Status  Disable is    Severity n                  Description     SNMP trap recipient 1 Right  click in the    Severity section          Figure 4 23  Editing the Severity Level    Event Notification Settings    Chapter 4  Configuration Client Options    Edit SNMP receiver E xl    SAMF receiver IP f 92 168 4 43  Severity i           Cancel    Figure 4 24  Selecting the Severity Level    4 4 3 Enabling Notification Functions    When all notification settings have been properly configured  remember  to enable each notification method by double clicking the Current Value  field in Status row  Set Status to Enable if you want the module to be  activated every time the Root Agent is loaded  Please see an example  shown in Figure 4 25     Module Config   Plugin   Create Plugin      Module Name Emai    Create    OFF    Status Enable    Severity Enable  elect  SMTP server    D   cna ant       Figure 4 25  Enabling a Notification Method under Status Row    You can also turn on and off each notification method by double clicking  on the switch 
147. en selected  its members will  appear in the Front View sub window  At the top of the Functions window  three  tabs  Properties  Add Disk and Expand  will appear     9 2 3 1  Modifying LD Configurations    After the LD is created  some configurations can be modified in the Properties  command page  To access the page  select a logical drive and click on the  Properties tab under Functions window     Functions    Properties   add Disk   Expand   Migrate Logical Drives      Write Policy   Default     Marre     LD Assignment   Primary Controller w         Figure 9 5  The Add Drive Command Sub window    Each option is executed by a two step procedure  Click to select a desired value  from the pull down menu or input a name  and then click Apply for the  configuration to take effect     Write Policy  Write policy can be adjusted on a per logical drive basis  This  option allows you to set a write policy for the specific logical drive you selected      Default    is a neutral value that is coordinated with the controller s caching mode  setting  Other choices are    Write back    and    Write through        Name  You can name a logical drive per logical drive basis     LD Assignment  both controllers can access a logical drive  In tradition  to LD management  one LD can only be accessed by primary or    secondary controller     9 8 Logical Drive Management    Chapter 9  Drive Management    9 2 3 2  Expanding LD by Adding Disks    To access the Add Disk command page  select a logica
148. enerally describes the panel view and removes  the redundant descriptions that were previously in both Chapter 13 and  Chapter 14  Part 4 of the previous edition was also removed and Chapter 13  has been included in Part 3 of the Manual     September 29  2003    Figure 1 1 in Chapter I was changed to show a rackmount enclosure   Section 3 1 in Chapter 3 was divided into two sections     Using Windows      RAIDWatch Installed as In Band    and    Using Web Browser     RAIDWatch  Installed as Applet   Section 3 5     Rebooting the Controller   was also  added  Modifications to Table 14 1 were also made     August 28  2003    This manual was completely revised from previous editions  Previous  editions came with six chapters and six appendices  the current revision has  fourteen chapters divided into four parts and five appendices  The main  changes to this edition are given below     XXI    RAIDWatch User s Manual    xxii    Chapter 1 remained largely unchanged with only minor editorial corrections  that do not directly affect the content     Chapter 2 was separated into two chapters  In the previous revision   Chapter 2  Installation  described system and platform requirements   installation  and different configuration options  This chapter was separated  into Chapter 2 Installation  which describes the new RAIDWatch installer   and Chapter 3 Configuration Options in the new revision     Chapter 3 in the old revision on Basic Operations became Chapter 4 in the  new revision  
149. enerate Parity   Rebuild      Task Schedules   z e Configuration  Bs  Create Logical Dine  Er Exishng Logecal Drab         Rusa a   gt  E e Operation Mode onlin      n   Operation Pri  rifs Perm   x         i Create Logecal Volume    P Exislir Logecal Volumes    Media Bean         Figure 6 24  Maintenance   Logical Drives    There are three  3  sub windows in the Logical Drives maintenance  mode window       The Logical Drives window provides a list of all configured arrays   Use a single mouse click to select the logical drive you wish to  perform maintenance tasks on       The Front View window allows you to see the locations of logical  drives  Note that a logical drive is selected by a single mouse click  from the list of configured arrays on the upper screen        The Functions window provides configuration options for  maintenance tasks and the buttons  which start a maintenance task       Media Scan   Media Scan examines drives and detects the  presence of bad blocks  If any data blocks have not been  properly committed and are found during the scanning process   data from those blocks are automatically recalculated   retrieved and stored onto undamaged sectors  If bad blocks are  encountered on yet another drive during the rebuild process   the block LBA  Logical Block Address  of those bad blocks  will be shown  If rebuild is carried out under this situation   rebuild will continue with the unaffected sectors  salvaging the  majority of the stored data     There are
150. er 3  Installation    0  Step 3  If you accepted the License Agreement in Figure 3 10  a new  window with two installation options will appear  These options   shown in Figure 3 11  are Typical Install and Custom Install  The  default is set to Basic Install  All users are recommended to install  RAIDWatch program using the default settings  This will create a  new    Infortrend Inc  folder on the computer chosen as a  management center  If you want to install RAIDWatch in a different  folder  type in a new location or click the Browse button to select a  destination folder  If you follow the default selection and click the  Next button  the install shield will start install the RAIDWatch  software  RAID Agents  and necessary drivers on the computer     If you want to install the management utility redundantly onto two  different servers  select Advanced Install  and click the Next button  to choose a desired installation mode in the next screens     e NOTE     To properly install the new Central Management utility  please install  RAIDWatch using the  Custom   gt  Centralized Management  setting          Infortrend RAIDWatch Setup J A ojx   Click the type of Setup you prefer  then click Hext    f Typical    Install RAIDYYatch program  RAID Agent and drivers into host  computer  Recommended for mast users     Destination Folder   cPragram Filessnfartrend InciR   Browse             Custom    You may choose the options you want to install   Recommended for advanced users     j 
151. ere are two  2  options when clicking on a system icon     Connecting to the subsystems    1  Double click a system icon to invoke the subsystem s event log  The  main program will bring out a detailed event list     Filter and export log  A 16F R2221 FF R2021 A16F R1211   16F R2221 A16F G2422  192 168 8 88 192 168 4 30 1921684223 1921684188 192168610    m  Event List        A m SEGUE    CHL 2 II     a m emm  ALB E       Figure 14 8  Event List Options    2  Right click on the event list to display two  2  event related options      Event Filter and the Event Export options   See Figure 14 8     Maintenance  amp  Configuration 14 5    RAIDWatch User s Manual    Event View Option    rEvent Sorting     ist     Index we      descending  2nd  Non v      descending  ard  Non     descending  4th     Non v       descending  Sth     Non v        descending                Event Type   Controller Event    Host Event    System Event    Severity of the Event     Information warning    Drive Event    LD LV Event                Critical        Time Interval     From    First Event         Ta    Last Event                3  eres   Lm Coen      Figure 14 9  Event View Option       The Event log filter option allows you to filter events based on various  criteria   See Figure 14 9     14 6    Maintenance  amp  Configuration    Appendices    This chapter details the following       Command Summary     Appendix A  page App 2      A J Menu Commands      A 2 Configuration Client Utility Commands 
152. es NOTE  Createn of Lowen  Valuers Completed  aa A   n i d BE    OF Fa    Lee ae MD  Saris Ci eae A   x i   006 05 15 07 35 30 Ir SOEAGITE Logical Volume NOTICE  Creation of Logeal Volume Completed  alot A    n i   PAROS oe qase KE 120 FEES Logos  Creve HOTE Sag  Ex Staring Gone calor a   H i   AES CE 20 DIE DE Fi EFT DCT DOS ciel Dieses Ori eT Er Cn e e D  bSE A     x 1 inonge mmoruen   E130 TPDA Logica Dese az CT Shoe LET Con Abodi  st A1    i i 2006 06 36  E ees eV Lezo plume NOTICE Zrartin Creation  sta A  PP         vent Log Lisi   Configuration List  Controller Timo   2008 05 28 09 33    06 DU     Figure 7 13  The Disk Array Parameters      Rebuild Priority  The rebuild priority determines how much of the  system resources are applied when rebuilding a logical drive   Available options are Low  Normal  Improved  and High  The higher  priority takes up more system resources and the rebuild process  completes more rapidly  However  I O performance in the meantime  is inevitably lower due to the resources consumed        Write Verify Options  Errors may occur when a hard drive writes  data  In order to avoid write errors  the controller can force the hard  drives to verify the written data  There are three selectable methods     Il  Verification on LD Normal Access    Performs Verify after Write during normal I O requests   2  Verification on LD Rebuild Writes    Performs Verify after Write during the rebuilding process   3  Verification on LD Initialization Writes     Per
153. es resetting  the controller subsystem     The Configuration Category 6 27    RAIDWatch User s Manual    6 8 7    6 8 8    Host LUN Mapping Window    The Host LUN Mapping window allows you to associate configured arrays  with host channel IDs or LUN numbers     This window allows you to create LUN masking entries with host LUN  mapping when access control over a Fibre Channel network is necessary       The Host LUN Mapping window contains four sub windows  Host  LUN s   WWN Names s   and Logical Drive s  or Volume s        This window also contains a right click menu that creates association    with either a Primary Controller  Slot A  ID or a Secondary  Controller  Slot B  ID              ES FA1 amp F E2535 Aray  Demo           Host LUN Mapping    pst LLI 3     Channel ID Scb Logical Drive vclume                     zA Contiguration  L  E Create Logical Drive               E ET Exislirig Logical Drives                 IE Creme Logical voume         Adi LUN Ma          t Existing Logical voames   I   49  Host Channel    E   E 7 eres E   mz  Hasti  1    M be 1  esso p emt    Host Lun Filter s   i Logical     i Fher Trma       ARS            EE       t  L Coniiguration Paramelerz                                                             Logical Drive s  or Volume s        la io  F246  Sre bion  lE im 3068945  Size  200v  ID  3FDCABES  Size  80DMB    Figure 6 32  Host LUN Mapping Right click Menu    Configuration Parameters Window    The Configuration Parameters window allows 
154. ete LUN Command    Qum      Step 3  When prompted for a password or an answer  enter it and click    OK  The LUN mapping should no longer be listed in the LUN  Map table  After deleting the LUN mapping it no longer  appears in the host LUN s      1  uer      Step 4  To remove additional LUN mappings  repeat Step 2     10 2 4     LUN Mapping    D          LUN Mapping Access Control over iSCSI  Initiator Settings    For subsystems featuring iSCSI host interfaces  an access control list  will be available with the host LUN mapping screen     The iSCSI Initiator settings allow you to associate or disassociate a  specific initiator with specific RAID volumes  Two way  Mutual   CHAP can also be implemented here  With the associated settings  you  can apply access control over iSCSI network for ensuring data security     hi    E     NOTE     Before configuring One way and Two way CHAP  you need to enable  the CHAP option in the  Configuration Parameters         Host side     Parameters window     10 5    RAIDWatch User s Manual    Host LUN Mapping    r Host LUN s           Logical Drive olume Partition Size MB   K2 0 0 130B26D6 0 714642 RAIDS N   3 0 0 239491 20 0 714642 RAD 5 N   0 0 0 471E82BF 0 714642 RAID 5 N          iSCSI Initiator          Host IQN   User Name  User Pa      Target N      Target P     IP Address  Net Mask    WK Right click                Logical Drive s  or Volume s             ID  471   826F  Size  714642MB PO    J ID  4D59C902  Size  714642MB     ID  1308260
155. exus has 32  the  default setting  tags reserved  When the host computer sends 8 I O  tags to the controller  and the controller is too busy to process them  all  the host might start to send less than 8 tags during every certain  period of time since then  This setting ensures that the controller will  accept at least 32 tags per nexus  The controller will be able to accept  more than that as long as the controller internal resources allow   if  the controller does not have enough resources  at least 32 tags can be  accepted per nexus     Host side  Drive side  and Disk Array Parameters    Chapter 7  Configuration Parameters      Peripheral Device Type   Peripheral Device Qualifier   Device  Supports Removable Media   LUN applicability  If no logical drive  has been created and mapped to a host LUN  and the RAID controller  is the only device connected to the host SCSI card  usually the  operating system will not load the driver for the host adapter  If the  driver is not loaded  the host computer will not be able to use the in   band utility to communicate with the RAID controller  This is often  the case when users want to start configuring a RAID using  management software from the host  It will be necessary to configure  the  Peripheral Device Type  setting for the host to communicate  with the controller  If the  LUN 0 s only  is selected  only LUN 0 of  the host ID will appear as a device with the user defined peripheral  device type  If  all undefined LUNs  is selecte
156. for Primary    MF 0  58A781CC   P  NRAID  Size  17245 u  M D  S5DA14FE   P  RAID 5  Size  20048 Partition s  of LD  58A781CC                      Map LUN   Cancel   Map Lun and Add Filter                    Figure 10 3  LUN Map Setting Window    10 2 LUN Mapping    10 2 1  Mapping a Complete LD or LV        Step 1  If you want to map a complete LD or LV  make sure that the LD  or LV has not been partitioned       Step 2  Follow the steps listed in Section 10 1 above to access the Host  LUN Mapping window shown in Figure 10 3       Step 3  Select the appropriate Channel  SCSI ID  and LUN numbers  from the separate pull down lists above        yj Step 4  Select a Logical Drive or Logical Volume and then select the  Partition color bar with a single mouse click  The partition bar    10 3    RAID Watch User s Manual  appears on the right hand side of the screen  An LD or LV that  has not been partitioned should have only one partition     t  Qj Step 5  Click on the Map LUN button to complete the process   See  Figure 10 4           amp  Add new LUN to host  LUN Map Setting    B iD  36744216 Size  600vB 7             Map LUN   Cancel   Map Lun and Add Filter              Figure 10 4  LUN Map Setting Window  Single Partition    10 2 2  Map a Logical Drive or Volume Partition to a  Host LUN    m    Step 1  First  partition the logical drive or logical volume     n   Q Step 2  Follow the steps listed in Section 10 1 above to access the LUN  Map Setting window shown in Figure 10 3    
157. for RAIDWatch using Safari browser under  Mac OS X     August 16  2006    Added options recently implemented for iSCSI protocols such as Mutual  CHAP  Jumbo Frames  iSCSI initiator access control  etc     May 30  2006    This version reflects some new functions in firmware  including Enclosure  Spare  a different event severity identifier  slot based resource assignment   etc     March 23  2006    RAIDWatch and Configuration Client further support Spanish user  interface  The description and how to switch between different language  user interfaces are described in Chapter 4 and Chapter 6     The ICQ event notification function was removed throughout the manual   The function was described mainly in Chapter 4     January 5  2006    A new utility  called Central Management that provides Java based RAID  management  is added to RAIDWatch and is described in Chapter 14     Support for 64 bit Operating Systems  including Windows 2003 64 bit   Linux Suse9 64 bit  Linux Fedora3 64 bit  and Linux RedHat Enterprise ES  4  has been added  Additionally  support of Solaris 8 OS has been removed     October 5  2005    Some new features are added to the new version of RAIDWatch  Features  such as identify drive and scan add clear drive features are added in the  physical drives maintenance window  Those features are described in  Chapter 6  In Chapter 7  more items are included in the host side parameter  category     August 29  2005    RAIDWatch 2 2 supports installing in Solaris and Lin
158. for access routes     WW RaIpwWatch    System Language Window Help    L  ES FA6F R2424 Array  192 168 199 238   System   Action               Information LJ Enclosure View    re View    Maintenance bk Tasks Under Process       Configuration P Logical Brive Information       Se Logical volume Information    Fibre Channel Status          T Tasks Under  me     E Logical Drive    w            System Information      Statistics  Logical olurr    ee Fibre Channel Status  W  System Information   Statistics Information Summary   3 Maintenance      d Logical Drives    Device    CPL PPCTS50  Cache    c Controller    Figure 11 1  Selecting Information Windows    Chapter 11  System Monitoring and Management    The Array Information category provides access to seven display  windows as listed below       dn  o Desertion  Icon for the Array Information category  a Ea   Opens the Enclosure View window    j Displays the Configuration Tasks currently being  processed by the subsystem     E mem    Table 11 1  Array Information Icons       11 1 2 Date and Time    Once date and time has been configured on your subsystem  they are  displayed on the bottom right corner of the manager s screen     Description                                              Controller Time   2004 10 05 16 06 11 00         Figure 11 2  Selecting Information Windows    Maintaining the system date and time is important  because it is used for  tracking a pending task  past events  configuring a maintenance task  schedule 
159. forms Verify after Write while initializing the logical drive     7 20 Host side  Drive side  and Disk Array Parameters    Chapter 7  Configuration Parameters      Maximum Drive Response Timeout  ms   The main purpose for  having a maximum response time on hard drives is to ensure delays  caused by media errors or drive erratic behaviors do not result in host  I O timeouts  Doing so can avoid the unnecessary efforts dealing with  delays especially when drives showing problems are often the failing  drives  Below are some operation limitations     e Battery shall be present and functioning properly   e  Write Back policy is enabled   e Only available for RAID level 1  3  5 and 6   Failures of a hard drive to return I Os before the Response Timeout    will force the firmware to retrieve requested I Os from the other  members of the logical drive     We    NOTE     This function is only applicable on RAID subsystems running Firmware  3 42 or above version       AV Optimization Mode  The AV optimization is applied for the  emerging Audio Video or non drop frame applications such as the  VOD MOD  NLE  Non Linear Editing   and multi streaming  environments     Fewer Steams   for applications featuring sequential I Os and large  block sizes  e g   Video Editing     1  The Maximum Drive Response Timeout will be  automatically set to 160ms     2  The drive cache flush threshold is set to a value lower than  Infortrend s traditional Write back Flush threshold     3  A minimum read ahea
160. fragmented and received randomly  the  firmware automatically restores the original write cache policy of  the target logical drives     Adaptation for Redundant Controller Operation    4  If arrays managed by a redundant controller configuration are  configured to operate with write back caching  cached data will be  constantly synchronized between the partner controllers  Upon  receiving sequential writes  the firmware disables write caching on  target arrays and also the synchronized cache operation     IMPORTANT     The Adaptive Write Policy is applicable to subsystems working under normal  conditions  In the degraded conditions  e g   if a drive fails in an array  the  firmware automatically restores the array s original write policy     7 12 Redundant Controller Settings    Chapter 7  Configuration Parameters    7 8 Event Triggered Operations  Configuration Parameters    Communication   Controller   System   Password   Threshold  Redundant Trigger    Controller Failure     BEU Lower or Failure     UPS Auxiliary Power Loss     Power Supply Failed     Fan Failure      Temperature exceeds threshold    Apply      Figure 7 10  The Trigger Page    To reduce the chance of data loss caused by hardware failure  the  controller subsystem can automatically commence an auto cache flush upon  the detection of the following conditions  When cache contents are forced to  be distributed to hard drives the Write Back caching mode is also switched  to the Write  Through mode    1  Contro
161. fresh Information P Enclosure Wies Add LUN Map  Logout Maintenance P Tasks Under Process Remove LUM Map    Configuration P Logical Drive Information       Logical  salume Information  Fibre Channel Status  System Information    Statistics       Logical Drives    Physical Drives    Task Schedules       iuick Installation   Create Logical Drive  Existing Logical Drivez  Create Logical Volume  Existing Logical volumes  Channel    Host LUM Mapping    Configuration Parameters       Figure 6 14  Management Window Commands      The Refresh command sends instructions to the GUI asking to review  the connection status  The Logout command under the System menu  allows you to disconnect from a controller subsystem and to end the  software session  This command is only available when RAIDWatch  Manager is currently connected to a RAID array       The Action menu brings up sub menus that allow you to access  various options under the three  3  configuration categories   Information  Maintenance and Configuration  Each of these options  will be discussed in later this chapter       The Command menu provides different configuration options only  when specific configuration items are selected in a functional display  window  On the other hand  when a configurable item is selected  the  corresponding command menu and the related commands  automatically appear on the menu bar     6 14 Look and Feel    Chapter 6  Basic Operations    6 6 The Information Category    6 6 1    The Information categ
162. g are guidelines for disk failure recovery when a spare drive  is available       Ifa spare drive exists in the same logical drive  the controller will  automatically mount the spare drive and start rebuilding data in the  background       Depending on system design  it may be possible to remove a  defective drive and replace it with a new drive without shutting  down the system  hot swapping   All EonStor subsystems support    drive hot swapping       The replacement drive must then be assigned as a new spare drive     2 4 Operating without Spare Drives    The following are guidelines for disk failure recovery when a spare drive  is not available       Depending on the design of the system  it may be possible to  remove a defective drive and replace it with a new drive without    Operating with Spare Drives 2 3    RAIDWatch User s Manual    shutting down the system  hot swapping   All EonStor subsystems  support drive hot swapping       If the replacement drive is installed on the same channel and ID   the original drive slot where the faulty drive was   you can then  proceed with data rebuilding       If the replacement drive is installed on a different channel or ID   different drive slot  or the periodic drive scan function has been  disabled  you need to scan in the new drive first  and then assign it  as a spare drive of the logical drive which had a drive failure  Data  rebuilding will have to be manually initiated     IMPORTANT     Although the RAID system provides un
163. ge  mi Boardi Temp Sensor 50 0 C  Temp  within safe range    Board2 Temp Sensor B4 0 C  Temp  within safe range   3 3V Value 3 336 V Voltage within acceptable range   5    Value 5 072 V Voltage within acceptable range        12V Value n 2499 v Voltage within acceptable range      Battery Backup Battery  Battery charging OFF battery fully charged      3 Power Supply 0    Power supply functioning normally  S to Power Supply 1 Power supply functioning normally    Go Fan 0 6 0 RPM Fan functioning normally    P Fan 1 6 0 RPM Fan functioning normally  m HU Fan 2 6 0 RPM Fan functioning normally  Em   Ms Fan 3  po RPM Fan functioning normally  E ls i Temperature Sensor 0 27 0C Temp  within safe range   us  lU Device siot 1 Slot is empty  Sz WB Devine Sint 2 Iint is amnty      Figure 11 11  System Information Window    Qm      yj Step 1  To access the window  click on the System Information icon  on the GUI navigation panel or select the command from the  Action command menu     Qm    Step 2  Carefully check the display icons in front of the Device Name   Devices are categorized by the data bus by which they are  connected  See the icon list below for more information     Description    RAID controller status    Status of I2C bus devices    Status of SAF TE devices    Status of SES devices    Temperature sensors       Table 11 3  Device Icon    A Refresh button allows you to renew the information in cases when loop  IDs are changed or when an LIP has been issued     e NOTE     Place 
164. ge Server 2003 are registered  trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the U S  and other countries     SCO  OpenServer  and UnixWare are trademarks or registered trademarks  of The Santa Cruz Operation  Inc  in the U S  and other countries     Solaris and Java are trademarks of Sun Microsystems  Inc     All other names  brands  products or services are trademarks or registered  trademarks of their respective owners     iii    RAIDWatch User s Manual    Table of Contents    CONTACT INEORMATION 2edoesvesseceseueusedistebde eva nie One de aeo ve a ED Teva ex a Po Y TW EVE o ev ER Ede Pege eee edad II  COPYRIGHT ZOOG C III  First Edition Published 2005           cccccccscccssccsssccssccsscccscccsscessccsscessceesscesscessseesscesscensceessees lil  DUSCIOIMETi ceu do cM as i tuu E t lil  VE S70  2 E df ee PRET URS LORETO See eRe EE SET TT Ren eT LTE re AE EA ee eee eee lil   TEABLE OF CONTENTS uei tess eeee etin eeolee o eae ec reo ee FON o eee e ete Wace eee cU te iecuanseoesions IV  IISTOR TABLES ao dveuvvePevaeeves desees dese seq daa eeosso eode denos pU Pe qoo eese deVa e EU U OR IX  TABLEOPREIGURES  5 stc edek covorcsteeees dveuseeveeae sut ecuaaseeeseeve euh deas uU evkut deu dese sue o aequos dveu sve drea e EUTP du X  USER S MANUAL OVERVIEW 8508508500 805095 82  0626510 egaee Fa deseieo usua eR a deae seo Sae E Ca dva que Verse ordY XIV  USER S MANUAL STRUCTURE AND CHAPTER OVERVIEWS     ccccscccscssssccccccsssscccccccsccccecees XIV  Part  Getinge started With RATDW Oh esa
165. ger main connection wizard appears on the screen     cy Step 2  The RAIDWatch management window should start after a  brief moment     ah    NOTE     In Applet mode  connecting to the second array requires opening  another browser window and entering its IP     Starting RAIDWatch Manager 6 5    RAIDWatch User s Manual    6 3 Start Using RAIDWatch Manager    When the RAIDWatch Manager is launched  A RAIDWatch Connection  window will first prompt and appear on the screen   See Figure 6 4              Connection    IP Address  fis2 168       Enable SSL        Lisername  Information         Configuration  Password   Maintenance    Information  cance      Figure 6 4  RAIDWatch Connection Window             Show Root Agent List    On the computer screen  if you don t see the RAIDWatch Connection  window  it can be opened from the RAIDWatch program menu  Click on the  System and then select Open Device command  and the RAIDWatch  Connection window will prompt up   See Figure 6 5     E RaAIDWatch       Figure 6 5  Opening the RAIDWatch Connection Window    6 3 1 Connecting to a RAID Subsystem    The following steps will explain how to connect to a RAID Subsystem that  is available on your network by RAIDWatch Manager      y Step 1  If you have a specific RAID array s IP address in mind and wish  only to manage one array  simply enter the IP address to proceed     As soon as you input the first number of an IP address  the screen  will show the previous entries that start with the sam
166. h the front and rear panel  e g   the  EonRAID 2510FS controller head series  see Figure 12 1   The Enclosure  View of each RAIDWatch session defaults to the display of the connected  RAID controller or RAID subsystem  The tabbed panel provides access to  other cascaded enclosures  e g   JBODs  the EonStor series  see Figure  12 2   so you can monitor multiple enclosures via a single RAIDWatch  management session     Enclosure View    RAID   JBOD ChI 2 1D 8      r   I   i P    Le o      8 a   il ve        ES TS Tes   ex         SED  o   d     b g      rs oe    b       Figure 12 1  EonRAID 2510FS Enclosure View    Tabbed Panel       Figure 12 2  EonStor F16F Series Enclosure View    12 2 Accessing the Enclosure View    12 2 1 Connecting to the RAID Agent    Connection to the RAID Agent is fully described in Chapter 3 of this  manual     12 2 2 Opening the Enclosure View Window    Once RAIDWatch is successfully connected to a RAID subsystem   RAIDWatch defaults to the Enclosure View  If it doesn   t appear or if you  have closed the Enclosure View window but wish to access it again  you can  either select the Enclosure View icon from the navigation tree or go to the    12 2 Enclosure Display    Chapter 12  Enclosure Display    Action Command menus and then select Information Enclosure View on the  top of the screen   See Figure 12 3     HN aosr  Array  192 168     system   Action    Ls A Information Ld Enclosure View                         ure View             Maintenance bk T
167. hal  CTI  LET   i i ml    a         Figure 6 3  RAIDWatch Shortcut on Windows Desktop    6 4 Starting RAIDWatch Manager    Chapter 6  Basic Operations    6 2 2 Locally or via LAN under Linux  Environments    To startup RAIDWatch manager under Linux environments  follow the  steps below       9 Step 1  After the main program of RAIDWatch manager is installed  the  files will be installed on the path   usr local Infortrend Inc RAID  GUI Tools      9 Step 2  To execute RAIDWatch manager  type    raidwatch sh in the  terminal screen     y Step 3  To open configuration client  type    configuration sh in the  terminal screen    6 2 3 Locally or via LAN under Solaris  Environments    To startup RAIDWatch manager under Linux environments  follow the  steps below      y Step 1  After the RAIDWatch program is completely installed  the  RAIDWatch files can be found on the path  usr local Infortrend  Inc RAID GUI Tools     J Step 2  Type   raidwatch sh to launch RAIDWatch program        Step 3  Type   configuration sh to open Configuration Client     6 2 4 For Remote Management via Web Browser   Any Supported OSes       9 Step 1  Start your web browser and enter the IP address assigned to  the RAID subsystem Ethernet port or that of a RAID attached  server as your URL  e g   210 212 121 123   The IP of a  RAID attached server is used when the server uses in band  protocols to communicate with the attached RAID array  After  a brief delay while the Java Applet starts  the RAIDWatch  Mana
168. hannel 1  Hast  Fibre  ID  112  113  Speed  1 GHZ     Channel Status    Topology Loop   Fibre Channel Speed 1 GHz   Link Status Link Up   Port Wi 200000206441 2345  Node WN 100000206441 2345  Loop ID 42  47     Fibre Channel Address    Figure 11 10  Fibre Channel Status Window    11 5 System Information    11 11    This is a view only window  This window contains information about the  operating status of major components including CPU  board temperature   and enclosure modules like cooling fan and power supply units     If the application includes multiple cascaded enclosures  you may also  refer to the Enclosure View window where a faulty unit is indicated by  the lit red LED  The color display of the LEDs shown on enclosure  graphics corresponds to the real situation on the enclosure modules     Fibre Channel Status    RAIDWatch User s Manual    System Information                                                                                                Device Name Value Status  mg CPU Type PPC750    Total Cache Size 512MB ECC SDRAM   p Firmware Version 3 344   emp Bostrecord Version   31K  ap Serial Number 3460402    i l  3 Power Supply 1 Power supply functioning normally  mii t   Power Supply 2   Power supply functioning normally  a Q5 Fan 1 8755 0 RPM Fan functioning normally  pm p Fan 2 8437  0 RPM Fan functioning normally  S p Fan 3 8544 0 RPM Fan functioning normally  E  Fan 4 8766 0 RPM  Fan functioning normally  TOES CPU Temp Sensor  535 C Temp  within safe ran
169. he bottom of the Create Logical Volume    window        yj Step 2  The creation is completed almost immediately     9 3 3 Accessing the Existing Logical Volumes  Window    The Existing Logical Volumes window allows you to perform LV  expansion and change related configuration options  As shown below   the configuration window can be accessed either from the functional  navigation panel or the command menu on the top of the GUI screen     Logical Volume Management 9 2     RAIDWatch User s Manual      RAIDWatch    System Language Window Help       i aoar  Array  192 166     System   Action      Information       Cezs P  Maintenance P hfarmatian Logical Volui    Configuration P auick Installation                Create Logical Drive   a Fibre Channe    j Existing Logical Drives  ime a       System Inform    Statistics    Host LUN Mapping elect a logic          Configuration Parameters      Lue  Quick Installat        E  Create Logical Drive   Ep Existing Logical Drives       Figure 9 18  Accessing Existing Logical Volume Window    9 3 3 1  Modifying LV Configurations    After the LV is created  some configurations can be modified in the  Properties command page  To access the page  select a LV and click on  the Properties tab under Functions window     Logical Volume Parameters    Expand Properties      LY Assignment   Primary Controller bul    Write Policy   Default       Apply         Figure 9 19  Properties command page under Functions window    Each option is executed by a tw
170. he existing data in the array is copied onto the new  drives  and then the original members can be removed     Clone     a system administrator can also choose to manually  perform    Clone Failing Drive    on a drive  which is about to  fail     Reserved Space     The 256MB of reserved space can be  removed from a drive once the drive is excluded from a logical  drive  The reserved space  a space formatted with a micro file  system  can also be manually created from a new disk drive     Identify Drive     Use this function to identify a drive on the  subsystem  Administrations can identify a drive easily in the  server room when he applies this feature using RAIDWatch  program  Select a drive from the Front View window then  click Apply button in the Functions window  The drive LED  will start flashing     Scan Add Clear Drive     The Scan drive function allows user  to scan a new drive  The ADD and Clear function only appear  when you click on an empty drive slot on a Fibre and SCSI  drive channel RAID subsystem  The feature enable user to add  a drive entry when the drive slot is empty  The created entry  can be deleted by applying Clear Drive Status option     Low Level Format     This function only appear when you  have inserted a new disk drive without disk format  This  function allows you to format a new disk drive     Read Write Test     You can setup a read write test to a single  disk drive  Click on the disk drive that you wish to test in the    The Maintenance Ca
171. he investment required for a non redundant disk array  implementation     Physical Disks    Logical Drive      LOCKI A  BLOCK2  lt   lh BLOCK3      N BLOCK4 7        BLOCK7           Figure C 3  RAID1 Storage    In addition to the data protection RAID 1 provides  this RAID level also  improves performance  In cases where multiple concurrent I Os are  occurring  these I Os can be distributed between two disk copies  thus  reducing total effective data access time     RAID 1 0 1     RAID 1 0 1  combines RAID 0 and RAID 1     mirroring and disk striping   RAID  0 1  allows multiple drive failure because of the full redundancy of  the hard disk drives  If more than two hard disk drives are chosen for RAID  1  RAID  0 1  will be performed automatically     App 15    RAIDWatch User s Manual       App 16    C 6     US IMPORTANT     RAID  0 1  will not appear in the list of RAID levels supported by the  controller  If you wish to perform RAID 1  the controller will determine  whether to perform RAID I or RAID  0 1   This will depend on the  drive number that has been selected for the logical drive     Physical Disks    Logica Drive      EL e  M BLOCK2       M  BLOCK 4      BLOCK T    BLOCK 5 M BLOCK6   gt  BLOCK2 ro VL BLOCK7       TTC    BLOCK3           BLOCK4 d        BLOCKS        BLOCK6  lt     BLOCK7         BLOCK8        es Bp S     E   a x Mirro E uil       i   Mirror 4      Mirro KT wirror A        MirrorB          Bunos       Figure C 4  RAID 1 0 1  Storage    RAID 3    RAI
172. he screen  before you make configuration changes     ww  weunro Manager vomain tat  uirectonry Management  winagaow    Deauthenticate  MEROUR rd    Enable Root User    T died BR                   groups  machines    protocols  rpcs    Cow WW            Value s     master localhost local  trusted networks   no value           he lock to prevent further changes        Figure 3 7  The    Lock    Icon and Security Option    Qi Step 4 Locate the    Security    item from the top menu bar  Select   Enable root user  You will have to enter the  administrator s password to authenticate yourself     Q Step 5 From this screen you can also enter a new password for root  access  Select    users    in the middle column  as shown in the  diagram above   Provide the administrative password as  prompted     3 10 Software Setup    ert    ise   J Step 6    A            L9   Step 7    Chapter 3  Installation    Find the    password    field  click on the value field to alter it   it should contain just the         as an encrypted password    Double click and then enter a new password  Make sure  there are no spaces left in the value field     Log out and log in as the    root    user to verify that it worked   Select    Other    from the login screen and manually enter   root  as user name and its associated password     When you log in successfully  you can start installing  RAIDWatch to your Mac machine     Running the Configuration Client and Central Management  utilities requires you to log 
173. he system     9 2 4 2  Two Modes of Dynamic LD Expansion    There are two modes of Dynamic Logical Drive Expansion     Mode 1    Mode 1 Expansion is illustrated in Figure 9 9 and involves adding more  hard disk drives to a logical drive  which may require that the purchase of  an enclosure with more drive bays  The data will be re striped onto the  original and newly added disks     RAID Expansion     Mode 1    a a a ee ee ee ee ee eee eee    LLLI cs      RAID 5 Logical Drive   4GB     Add in New Drives          RAID 5 Logical Drive    Figure 9 9  RAID Expansion Mode 1    In Figure 9 9 above  new drives are added to increase the capacity of a  4 Gigabyte  GB  RAID 5 logical drive  The two new drives increase the  capacity to 8GB     Mode 2    Logical Drive Management 9 13    RAIDWatch User s Manual    Mode 2 Expansion  on the other hand  requires the same number of  higher capacity hard disk drives for a given logical drive     RAID Expansion   Mode 2  153       2 GE 2 GB ZGB    E  3 E   The original logical drive        RAIDS  AGB            Poe GB      z2GBH 260 2 GB  He  Dri we          Il    RAID 5  4B       Copy and Replace  one of the member drives    Copy and replace each of the member drives  Even  if one member drive fails during the copy and    replace  the logical drive will still be available for  access        Figure 9 10  RAID Expansion Mode 2  1 3     Figure 9 10 above illustrates expansion of the same 4GB RAID 5 logical  drive using Mode 2 Expansion  Drives ar
174. his is the arrangement of the  controller internal resources for use with a number of the current host  nexus  It is a  concurrent  nexus  so when the cache is cleared up  it  will accept a different nexus again  Many I Os can be accessed via  the same nexus     This function allows you to configure the maximum number of I O  queues the controller can accept from the host computer     LUNs per Host ID  Each SCSI ID can have up to 32 LUNs  Logical  Unit Numbers   A logical configuration of array capacity can be  presented through one of the LUNs under each host channel ID  Most  SCSI host adapters treat a LUN like another SCSI device     Max  Concurrent Host LUN  The configuration option adjusts the  internal resources for use with a number of current host nexus  If  there are four host computers  A  B  C  and D  accessing the array  through four host IDs LUNSs  ID 0  1  2 and 3   host A through ID 0   one nexus   host B through ID 1  one nexus   host C through ID 2   one nexus  and host D through ID 3  one nexus    all queued in the  cache   that is called 4 nexus  If there are I Os in the cache through  four different nexus  and another host I O comes down with a nexus  different than the four in the cache  for example  host A access ID 3    the controller will return  busy   Note that it is  concurrent  nexus  if  the cache is cleared up  it will accept four different nexus again   Many I Os can be accessed via the same nexus     Tag Reserved Per Host LUN Connection  Each n
175. ill install RAIDV  atch on your computer or         subsystem     It is strongly recommended that you exit all  windows programs before running this Setup  program     Click Cancel to quit Setup and then close any  programs you hava running  Click Mext ta continue  with the setup program     Batk   Next Cancel      Figure 3 9  Welcome to the Install Shield Window         Step 2  If you selected the Next button on Figure 3 9  the License  Agreement window seen in Figure 3 10 will appear  First read  through the License Agreement  If you are in agreement with the  specified terms and wish to continue installing the RAIDWatch  program  select Accept  If you do not wish to continue with the  installation process then select the Decline button        Please read this license agreement before using  this software  This agreement is a legal binding  contract between you   Customer   and Infortrend  Technology  Inc    Infortrend   governing the use  of this software  Your first use of this software         Indicates your acceptance of the terms and  conditions af this agreement  If you do not agree  ta these terms and conditions  do nat install or  use the software     1  Customer may use RAIDYYatch   Software    on a single user computer or a single terminal ar  workstation of a multi user computer or network     zZ  Customer may not sublicense  assign  rent   lease ar transfer  in whale ar in part  the Software xl       Figure 3 10  License Agreement    3 12 Software Setup    Chapt
176. ils   original data can be reconstructed using the available parity information     For small I Os  as few as one disk may be activated for improved access  speed     RAID 5 offers both increased data transfer rates when data is being accessed  in large chunks or sequentially and reduced total effective data access time  for multiple concurrent I Os that do not span multiple drives     Physical Disks  Logical Drive    BLOCK 1      BLOCK 2       Figure C 6  RAID 5 Storage       RAID Levels App 17    RAIDWatch User s Manual    C 8     C 9     RAID 6    A RAID 6 array is essentially an extension of a RAID 5 array with a second  independent distributed parity scheme  Data and parity are striped on a  block level across multiple array members  just like in RAID 5  and a  second set of parity is calculated and written across all the drives     The goal of this duplication is solely to improve fault tolerance  RAID 6 can  handle the failure of any two drives in the array while other single RAID  levels can handle at most one fault  This is a perfect solution when data is  mission critical     Physical Disks    Logical Drive    ML BLOCK1     E      BLOCK2 v  BLOCK1 4       BLOCK 4              E     m          i     a T x   1  M BLOCK    BLOCKI   P 1 Parity       BLOCKS        r     QzParily           BLOCK4          BLOCK7 _ OP 3Panty        E Be aoci 2      BLOCKS    Pa Parity     Mo 4 Parity         iL 10     BLOCK 11   _BLOCK6          Q1 Parity        BLOCK 13__      BLOCK 1459 
177. in  and then click OK   See Figure 4 9  The authentication  code can be changed later in the utility  Only an administrator  who has the password can access the notification settings     qQ Step 6  Password is not required when login as a guest  Click OK to  login without entering any password     x  Enter authentication cade       Figure 4 9  Password Dialog Box    A      jy Step 7  Double click the Admin Tool item on the Connection View  window in the Configuration Client User Interface   See Figure  4 10     The Configuration Client Utility 4 5    RAIDWatch User s Manual       wt Configuration Client    Fie Language Help       fhe Connection view   EH  1P192 168 4 43 Version 1 0 3 2  mm MadaetF15F R 245 24  Marne  ID   mm Model 01 2U G345 Marne  ID   mm Model A12E 02121 2  Mame  ID   mm Model A12E G21 21 2 Marne  ID   mE Model 416F 51211 Mame  ID  1        SDN SS       Figure 4 10  Left Column of Configuration Client User Interface           yj Step 8  The Module Configuration window will display on the right of  the Configuration Client User Interface  You may now start  configuring event receivers under each notification method  window  Click on the Module Name pull down list to display all  the configuration options   See Figure 4 11          Module Config   Plugin   Create Plugin      Module Name  RootAgent Setting    Create      RontAgent Setting  RootAgent log  SNMP trap   Email  Broadcast  Fax    MSN messenger    Short Message Service  Suto Discovery    h RU   Curre
178. in as a root user  In band drivers  also require root access     If you do not need the Configuration Client and Central  Management utilities and run the RAIDWatch management  software over the Applet mode  you may log in using your  ordinary user access     The Install Shield    To install RAIDWatch package for Mac OS  simply locate the installation  files and double click the    installshield jar    to start with the installation    process     AAA        yk       v2 3 9 04                 E   Network    E Macintosh HD    Untitled RAID Set 1    F    ftp infortrend com       I gt            I    Autorun int client pem data zip                    99 iftfwaftp infortrend com   m m      getkey exe IFTNative dll installshield jar      TEE Desktop        408  d          J  Applications l        i   ien Aias j2pi sh j2re 1 4 2 exe j2re1 4 2 tgz      3 Documents M   I    6 Music      r  Pictures linux sh mac app zip mac root zip 1      v  ZA  Figure 3 8  The  Installshield jar  Icon  Software Setup 3 11    RAIDWatch User s Manual    3 4 6 Installing RAlDWatch Main Program  for All Platforms     When the install shield of RAIDWatch main program is launched  follow the  steps below to complete the installation        y Step 1  To install RAIDWatch  click the Next button at the bottom of the  window  If you do not wish to continue with the installation process   select the Cancel button       Infortrend RAIDWatch Setup    ioj x     Welcome ta RAIDVVatch Setup program  This  program w
179. ing the file system     Write through Cache    The opposite of write back  When running in a write through  mode  the controller will not report a write as complete until it is  written to the disk drives  This sequence reduces read write  performance by forcing the controller to suspend an operation  while it satisfies the write request     App 11    RAIDWatch User s Manual    This page is intentionally  left blank       App 12 Glossary    Appendices    Appendix C    RAID Levels    C 1     C 2        RAID Levels    This appendix provides a functional description of Redundant Array of  Independent Disks  RAID   This includes information about RAID and  available RAID levels     RAID Description    Redundant Array of Independent Disks  RAID  is a storage technology used  to improve the processing capability of storage systems  This technology is  designed to provide reliability in disk array systems and to take advantage of  the performance gains multiple disks can offer     RAID comes with a redundancy feature that ensures fault tolerant   uninterrupted disk storage operations  In the event of a disk failure  disk  access will still continue normally with the failure transparent to the host  system     RAID has several different levels and can be configured into multi levels   such as RAID 10  30  and 50  RAID levels 1  3 and 5 are the most  commonly used levels  while RAID levels 2 and 4 are rarely implemented   The following sections described in detail each of the commonly
180. interrupted disk access even after a  disk failure  do not leave a failed drive unattended  Without replacement   the system will not survive a second physical drive failure on the same  logical drive  RAID3 and 5   A defective drive must be promptly replaced  and data rebuilt     CAUTION     When performing hot swapping  be sure to remove only the defective  drive  Removing the wrong drive will result in complete  irrecoverable  data loss  Use the Enclosure View window or Logical Drive Information  window to locate exactly which physical drive has failed     2 5 Before You Start    2 4    RAIDWatch Manager comes with password protection that prevents  unauthorized modification of the disk array configuration  During each  attempt at modifying the system configuration  the configuration will  require the correct password before proceeding     By default  the RAIDWatch Manager station comes with a password for  login as an Information viewer  For information on how to set a password  and other security features  see the Password section of Chapter 7   Configuration Parameters     Before You Start    Chapter 3  Installation    This chapter describes RAIDWatch requirements and the installation    procedure  The following sections are covered in this chapter       System Requirements     Section 3 1  page 3 2    3 1 1 Server Running RAIDWatch    3 1 2 Local Client Running RAIDWatch Manager      RAID Chart   Section 3 2  page 3 3      Platform Requirements     Section 3 3  page 3 
181. ion Parameters          Communication   Controller   System   Password  Threshold  Redundant  Trigger  Hostside   Drive sida   Diskarray     LUCES CEA ER                                                                Maximum Queued I O Count  256 v  LUNs per Host SCSI ID  8 LUNS v  Max Concurrent Host LUN Connection  Default  4  SY   Tags Reserved per Host LUN Connection  Default  32  v  Peripheral Device Type   7F  No Device Present v  Peripheral Device Qualifier  Connected be  Device Supports Removable Media  Disable v  LUN Applicability    Undefined LUNs v  Cylinder  Head  Sector  Default ariable  Variable  Variable  b  Fibre Connection Option  Loop only v                                           7 14                Index Severity    Type Time Description   291061 uH   2006 05 30 02 44 07 ID 12DCFBB4 NOTICE  Media Scan of Slot2 ID 0 Completed  slot  amp         291062 ii E  2006 05 30 02 44 09 ID 12DCFBB4 NOTICE  Slot2 ID 0 Starting Media Scan  slot A      f T   291063 i   2006 05 30 02 44 08 ID 12DCFBB4 NOTICE  Slot3 ID 0 Starting Media Scan  slot A   5     291064 i E 2006 05 30 02 44 09 ID 12DCFBB4 NOTICE  Slot6 ID 0 Starting Media Scan  slot 4        4   291065 i L 2006 05 30 02 44 09 ID 12DCFBB4 NOTICE  Slot  ID 0 Starting Media Scan  slot 4        2006 05 30 02 44 43 ID 12DCFBB4 NOTICE  Media Scan of Slot6 10 0 Completed  slot 4     Figure 7 11  The Host side Parameters Page    Each option is executed by a two step procedure  Click to select a desired  value from the
182. ioning normally   Power Supply 0 functioning normally  Power Supply 1 failed    RAIDWatch recognizes each subsystem by its board serial number  and  displays an exact replica of it in the panel view     LEDs shown on the enclosure view correspond to the real LEDs on the  subsystem s rear panel    If an LED corresponding to a failed component is lit red as shown in the  diagram  move your mouse cursor to point to the red LED on the enclosure  panel  Hold the cursor on the LED for a few seconds and an enclosure status  summary will be displayed        Array Information Icons 5 3    RAIDWatch User s Manual    Tasks Under Process    Task status    Type of tasks being  processed by the       subsystem  The Task  status window displays  icons representing  specific configurations     Progress indicator    Logical Drive Information  prm A logical dri    Partition s  of   5D8D3BEB A partitioned logical       i drive volume is  Index  0  Offset  OMB  Size  14346MB E 7    represented as a color  bar that can be split  into many segments   Each color segment  indicates a partition of    a configured array        Logical Volume Information    Partition s  of   5D8D3BEB A partitioned logical       R volume is represented  Index  D  Offset  OMB  Size  14346MB mi   gt   asa color bar that can  be split into many  segments  Each color  segment indicates a  partition of a    configured volume     A member of a logical volume  representing a logical drive     Different logical drives are prese
183. ions  select the Communication  page  as shown in Figure 7 2  from the Configuration Parameters    window     Configuration Parameters    Communication   Controller   System   Password   Threshold   Redun             S232 Port    com eum  a COM   Terminal Emulation   BESE  Rd       Baud rate        etwork Interface    Llano AM D    00D023000233    Q static GQ DHcP G rare B BooTP    IP Address     Subnet Mask     Default Gateway       Apply      Figure 7 2  The Communication Page             RS 232C Port    Infortrend RAID subsystems controllers come with one or two serial ports   Before proceeding with configuration  first select COMI or COM2 by a  single mouse click        Terminal emulation allows you to enable or disable the terminal  emulation option  If you want to connect the COM port to a computer  running terminal emulation  enable the option and set the identical  baud rate to the computer COM port        Baud rate allows you to control the serial port baud rate  Select an  appropriate value from the pull down menu     Network Interface    Depending on your network setting  select a protocol selection circle to  obtain adequate TCP IP support  This column is used to configure the  subsystem s Ethernet port  If the Static box is selected  consult your network  administrator for appropriate IP address  subnet mask and gateway values     Click Apply for the configurations to take effect     7 3    RAIDWatch User s Manual    7 3 Controller     Controller  here refers to 
184. istics icon on the GUI  navigation panel or select the Statistics command from the Action menu   Then choose either Cache Dirty     or Disk Read Write Performance   MB s  by checking the respective select box       The Cache Dirty statistics window displays what percentage of  data is being accessed via cache memory       The Read Write Performance window displays the amount of    data being read from or written to the disk array system  in MB per  second     Statistics       RAIDWatch User s Manual    This page is intentionally  left blank       Statistics 11 14    Chapter 12  Enclosure Display    This chapter introduces the enclosure display using the Enclosure View  window in the RAIDWatch s main program     Enclosure Display         About The Enclosure View     Section 12 1  page 12 2    Accessing the Enclosure View     Section 12 3  page 12 4      12 2 1 Connecting to the RAID Agent     2 2 2 Opening the Enclosure View Window      12 2 3 Component Information    LED Representations     Section 12 3  page 12 4  Enclosure View Messages     Section 12 4  page 12 5    Information Summary     Section 12 5  Page 12 6    12 1    RAIDWatch User s Manual    12 14 About  he Enclosure View Window    The RAIDWatch Enclosure View is a customized display that shows a  visual representation of the physical RAID  controller subsystem  components  The Enclosure View allows you to quickly determine the  operational status of critical RAID components     The Enclosure View window shows bot
185. ive Management 9 5    RAIDWatch User s Manual    9 2 2 3  Setting RAID Parameters    After the physical drives that will be used in the LD have been selected  the RAID  parameters for the LD must be selected  Available RAID parameter options can be  accessed at the bottom of the configuration screen     Drive Size  The value entered in the Drive Size field determines how much capacity from each  drive will be used in the logical drive     e NOTE     Enter a smaller number if you do not want to use up all of the capacity  at this time  The unused capacity can be utilized later using the Expand  Logical Drive function     Selecting Stripe Size    The stripe size used when the LD is created can be selected from the Stripe Size  pull down menu  The following stripe sizes are available  16KB  32KB  64KB   128KB  256KB  512KB  or 1024KB  A default stripe size is pre selected     Select a stripe size  but note that stripe size arrangement has a tremendous effect  on RAID subsystem performance  Changing strip size is only recommended for  experienced users  Stripe size defaulted to this menu is determined by the  subsystem Optimization mode and the RAID level selected     Initialization Options    This allows you immediate availability of the array   Online  means the logical  drive is immediately available for I Os and the initialization process can be  automatically completed some time later     Select RAID Level    From the RAID Level pull down menu shown  select the RAID level yo
186. l V    e 9 3 3 3 Accessing the Expand LV Command Page    9 3 4 Deleting an LV  Partitioning a Logical Configuration     Section 9 4  page 9  25      9 4 1 Overview    9 4 2 Partitioning a Logical Drive      9 4 3 Partitioning a Logical Volume    Physical Drives Maintenance     page 9 29    e 9 5 1 Read Write Test    Locating Drives    Chapter 9  Drive Management    9 1  Locating Drives    RAIDWatch uses icons to represent subsystem drive trays  In many configuration  windows  a single click on a drive tray icon selects a hard drive  Drive status is  indicated and automatically refreshed by displaying different icons  The drive tray  icons used in the Front View window to instantly display drive status are shown  below  By referring to the drive status in the Front View window  you can start to  create or configure a logical array     Drive Conditions Graphical Identification    New or Healthy Used Drive    Bad or Missing Drive    Spare Drive       Before you start configuring a logical array  please read the following       All members in a logical configuration are displayed in the same unique  color       Whenever a disk drive is selected by a single mouse click on its icon  the  drive s status is displayed on the associated configuration window  For  example  when a drive is selected by clicking its icon  it automatically    appears in the Selected Members column  In this way  mistakes can be  avoided by double checking the information related to a specific disk drive     
187. l drive and click  on the Add Disk tab under Functions window     Functions    Properties Add Disk   Expand   Migrate Logical Drives      Slot Size  MB   15 194220          Add Disk   Add Local Spare Disk      Figure 9 6  The Add Drive Command Sub window         Step 1  Select the logical drive you wish to expand from the LD list on  top of the GUI screen        yj Step 2  Select the Add Disk tab to display the content panel       Step 3  Select one or more drives you wish to add to the logical drive by  single mouse click from the Front View window  When the  drive s  are selected  its status is displayed in the Add Disk  content panel       Step 4  The Add Disk panel has two functional buttons  Add Disk and  Add Local Spare Disk  Click on the Add Disk button to include  new members into the array        yj Step 5  The Add Disk process should immediately begin  You may  check the add drive progress in the Tasks Under Process    window     9 2 3 3  Accessing the Expand Command page    To access the Expand command page  select a logical drive and click on  the Expand tab under Functions window     Logical Drive Management 9 9    RAIDWatch User s Manual    Functions    Properties   Add Disk Expand   Migrate Logical Drves    Available Expand Size  152357 MB    Expand Size   162387  Execute Expand   on tine       On Line    wana      Figure 9 7  The Expand Command Sub window        Available Expand Size  MB     If there is an amount of unused capacity in a logical drive  the LD m
188. l drive to which you wish to add a dedicated  spare from the list of the logical drives above  In the Functions  window  click the Maintain Spare tab  The functional window is  accessed from the Physical Drives window as shown in Figure  9 13  the Maintain Spare button appears     Front View Functions  RAID     Clone     Identify Drive          Media pert Copy and Replace    r Step 1    From the Front View window  select a  drive that is not configured into any array   Must not a member of LD LV     Selected Drive Slot             9 Global Spare    Local Spare       Enclosure Spare    Next       Figure 9 13  The    Maintain Spare    Button     y Step 2  From the Front View window  select the disk drive you want to  use as a dedicated spare  Global  or Enclosure spare with a single  mouse click     Step 3  After selecting the drive that will be used as a spare  the selected  drive s status will be displayed and you may click the Next    button to complete the process      i Step 4  If you select to create a dedicated spare  you will need to specify  a logical drive to which this dedicated spare belongs     9 16 Logical Drive Management    Chapter 9  Drive Management    e NOTE     An Enclosure Spare is one that is used to rebuild all logical drives  within the same enclosure  In configurations that span across multiple  enclosures  a Global spare may participate in the rebuild of a failed  drive that resides in a different enclosure  Using Enclosure Spare can  avoid disorderly 
189. l required a certain amount of hard disk drives  You need  a minimum of three  3  drives for RAID 5 and four  4  drives for RAID  6  This drag down menu only shows available RAID levels according to  the number of physical drives you selected  You can add drives by click  on an available drive in the Front View window  A selected drive is  circled in a light blue line  To deselect a drive  click on the selected drive  in the Front View window  The slot number and available size  information will be changed accordingly in the display panel     Logical Drive Management 9 11    RAIDWatch User s Manual    A WARNING     l  Different RAID configurations use different sizes of disk space to  store parity or mirrored data  When migrating from one to another   disk space might not be enough to hold the original data  So the  total drive spaces of new RAID level must not less than original  RAID level     2  To avoid possible problems with OS partition table  a logical drive   s  LUN mappings must be deleted before migration     Select a Stripe Size    Choose different stripe size may affect the performance of RAID  subsystem  Base on the applications  users should choose a best fit stripe  size to achieve the best data transfer rate  The following stripe sizes are  available  16KB  32KB  64KB  128KB  256KB  512KB  or 1024KB  A  default stripe size is pre selected     Select a stripe size  but note that stripe size arrangement has a  tremendous effect on RAID subsystem performance  Cha
190. lated Information    Description       IFTE 2004 02 05 11 21 31    GFT44216 2004 02 05 WAN    Figure 11 9  Opening Logical Volume Information Display    u        Step 2  As shown above  once a configured volume is selected  its  members will be displayed in the Members column  The  volume   s logical partition s  are displayed on the right as a  segmented color bar  Each segment represents a partition of the  volume capacity     The Related Information column only displays messages that are  related to the selected volume     Logical Volume Information 11 10    Chapter 11  System Monitoring and Management    11 4 Fibre Channel Status    a      f         This window is automatically grayed out on subsystems featuring SCSI  or iSCSI host channels  The Fibre Channel Status window displays  information such as WWN port name and node name  This information is  necessary in storage applications managed by SAN management  software or failover drivers     Step 1  To access the window  click on the Fibre Channel Status icon  on the GUI navigation panel or select the command from the  Action command menu     The events in the window are listed according to the date and  time they occurred with the most recent event at the bottom  A  description of each event is provided         Step 2  A Refresh button allows you to renew the information in cases    when loop IDs are changed or an LIP has been issued        Fibre Channel List       Channel 0  Host  Fibre  II  42  47  Speed  1 GHz     C
191. lient and RAIDWatch Gate  are  included  Necessary RAID agents are installed onto the management    computer     Featured Highlights 1 5    RAIDWatch User s Manual    1 6    1 2 4 2 Mode Two  Stand alone  on Host     For configurations depending on the existing SCSI  iSCSI  or Fibre host  connection for RAIDWatch to RAID communications  Servers in DAS   Direct Attached Storage  environments  SCSI host models for example   require RAID agents for RAIDWatch commands to pass through and  communicate with RAID arrays  RAID agents are installed onto the servers  that are directly attached with a RAID subsystem     1 2 4 3 Mode Three  Stand alone  on Subsystems     For remote and server transparent management using an Ethernet  connection to EonStor subsystems or EonRAID controllers  The manager  program is installed on the RAID subsystem itself  The RAID subsystem  then uses a segregated disk space  called the    reserved space     to store the  program files  The array is accessed by invoking a Java Applet on a web  browser that runs anywhere in the network     We       NOTE     RAID agents are embedded in the RAID subsystem firmware  When  subsystems are installed in Mode 2 or Mode 3  the management station  running in Mode 1 can manage the RAIDWatch components  This way   multiple and or distant arrays can be managed by a single management  station     1 2 4 4 Access Requirements    Three  3  installation schemes for different access requirements are  discussed below     We    
192. list function allows you to export the logs to a text file   and the event log filter option enable users to easily filter stores of log  files for specific event logs and then view  filter  export  and report on the  events of interest     To export or filter the event logs  right click on the event log list window   Three selections will appear on the screen  You may select Export all  logs to a text file  Event log filter option or Event log clear option     e Export All Logs to a Text File  This option will export all logs start  from the time you accessed the RAID system to a text file  You may  select a location where you like to save the file in a Save window  If  you like to export any specific events  set the Event log Filter option  before export the logs to a text file     e Event Log Filter Option  When you click this option  an Event  View Option window will prompt up     RAID Information 11 6    Chapter 11  System Monitoring and Management    Event View Option l   X           1st   Non       descending    z2nd  Man      descending    3rd   Man    descending    4th   Hon      descending    Sth   Mon      descending       vent Type         W Controller Event         Drive Event     V Hast Event  M LOVLY Event       System Event    Severity af the Event    W Information Warning    Critical    Time Interval    Fram   First Event    2005421 EF 10 56h  To   Last Event    2005 4231 EF 10 569    Ok   Cancel   Apply   Default      Figure 11 6  Event View Option Window   
193. ller Failure   2  BBU Lower or Failure   3  UPS Auxiliary Power Loss   4  Power Supply Failed  single PSU failure    5  Fan Failure    6  Temperature Exceeds Threshold    Each option is executed by a two step procedure  Select the check box of the  events for which you wish the controller subsystem to commence the cache  flush  and then click Apply for the configuration to take effect     We    v  NOTE     The thresholds on temperatures refer to the defaults set for  RAID  controller board temperature        Event Triggered Operations 7 13    RAIDWatch User s Manual    7 9 Host side  Drive side  and Disk Array Parameters    I O channel host side  drive side  and rebuild priority options are included in    its specific sub window  To configure these configuration options  select  each configuration page  as shown in Figure 7 11  from the Configuration  Parameters window     W A24F R2224 1 Array    System Action Command    IL  A24F R2224 1 Array  192 168 4 253      amp   Cf  Information       99 Enclosure View     Tasks Under Process     Logical Drive Information    Logical Volume Information  ye Fibre Channel Status    I  system Information    Jiu  Statistics    a  gt  Maintenance    E Logical Drives  ls  Physical Drives    zm Task Schedules    G A Configuration    Pep Quick Installation   E  Create Logical Drive  Er Existing Logical Drives  DE Create Logical Volume   mm Existing Logical Volumes  4    Channel    ax HostLUN Mapping    L Configuration Parameters       Configurat
194. locations of member disk drives if members reside in  different enclosures     9 2 6 Rebuilding Logical Drives    Depending on whether or not there is a spare drive  rebuilding is initiated  automatically or must be started manually  In the presence of a spare  drive  the system automatically rebuilds onto the spare drive  This  process is done in the background  thus it is transparent to users   However  you should replace the failed drive as soon as possible and  insert a new drive and set it as a spare just in case another drive fails and  you will need a backup drive     In the absence of a spare drive  rebuilding must be initiated manually   Before initiating a manual rebuild  you must first replace the failed drive   If you install the replacement drive in the same drive slot  that is  the  same channel and ID   then you can proceed with the rebuilding process  by clicking on the Rebuild button  otherwise  you need to scan in the  drive first     A failed drive should be replaced as soon as possible  For a RAID 3 or  RAID 5 array  two failed members will cause an irrecoverable loss of  data     The controller subsystem can be set to rescan the drive bus for a  replacement drive at preset intervals  The related setting can be found in  Configuration Parameters   gt  Other   gt  Drive Side Parameters   gt  Drive    Fail Swap Check Period in second     Logical Drives      RAID Level Size  MB  Status LD Name     RAIDS i 1007 BAN DRY       T Es YAS  MAA SE STETIT EA Cee REUS
195. ls ot Notification Severity oce ees Eoo an eE a E 14  Table 7 1  Peripheral Device Type Parattetets   ou orte het r a niae 17  Table 7 2  Peripheral Device Type SetBlHigss oem edp UR due iiem a aa ted etin atate  18  Table 7 3  Cylinder Head Sector Mapping under Sun Solaris                  ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeees 18  Table 7 4  Cylinder Head Sector Mapping under Sun Solaris                                 eeeeeeessessssss 18  Table 8 1  Dual Redundant Controller Channel Modes                                eeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeel 4  Table 8 2  Dual Single Controller Channel Modes                cccccccccccccccecaeeeeesseesseeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeneaas 4  Table  s  SCS  Channels  Clock Speeds 1051 4 2ccasshehestancevessseoupendond cen maungsosasiiesuateantenondtomayables 5    RAIDWatch User s Manual    Table 10 1 iSCSI Initiator CHAP Contfieuration Entries    ice iei oie Coo LER ti en Toa coe a Ea Papa ects 6  Table ies Adfay Int ormiatron  ICONS asuin a a E davis 3  Table li  Severely E  Mee E mM 6  Table Ale DEVIC JOOfEosa oid nc Probo O b daiehen devin tA dote Sho uera So ode Iota dr 12    Table of Figures    Figure 1 1   Figure 1 2   Figure 1 3   Figure 1 4   Figure 1 5     Enclosure View    WiNdOW vax etos bebes teu udo tedun caes e tut ica edet uncia bad dus 4  Event INOBTFICatrop FUNCION s petis nta o EE cana edes Eee tee 4  TTS CA FAO TN  PLOTS osi paese totiens cde edoetoiui du beet sick ortas ov atau totas Eod Infra fois 5  Typical RAIDWatch Connection     He
196. ment    program  The following topics are discussed in this chapter        RAIDWatch Overview     Section 1 1  page 1 1    1 1 1 Product Description    1 1 2 Feature Summary      Featured Highlights     Section 1 2  page 1 3    1 2 1 Graphical User Interface  1 2 2 Enclosure View  1 2 3 Powerful Event Notification Function    1 2 4 Java based Remote Management      Conceptual Foundation     Section 1 3  page 1 9    RAIDWatch Overview    1 3 1 Centralized Management  Agent based  Installation    1 3 2 Stand alone  on Host  Installation    1 3 3 Stand alone  on Subsystem  Installation    1 1    RAID Watch User s Manual    1 2    1 1    RAIDWatch Overview    1 1 1 Product Description    Infortrend   s innovated RAID manager  RAIDWatch  is a Java based  program specifically designed for use in managing Infortrend   s RAID  subsystems     RAIDWatch provides a user friendly interface that graphically represents  disk array elements and simplifies the normally complicated process of  array configuration  RAIDWatch also provides real time reporting on the  status of the entire array  thus making the task of monitoring disk arrays  virtually effortless  The functionality provided in the Event Monitor sub   module in the previous RAIDWatch versions is now integrated into the  main management screen and the Configuration Client     RAIDWatch complements the on board console interface found on  Infortrend   s RAID controllers and a line of host based  text mode RAID  Managers that provid
197. mp Sensor Redundant   Temp  sensor is NOT present                Figure 6 21  System Information Window    6 6 7 Statistics Window    Select the Statistics window in the configuration tree  and start calculating     Cache Dirty    rate or    Disk Read Write Performance    by clicking either or  both of the check boxes     System Action       Lo  ATGF O1A2 Array  192 168 4 172           ir   Information    f 1 Enclesumne Vig    d    Task amp  Under Process  Logical Dike Information      Lagical Volum Information         de Fibre Channel Status    FFicache Dirty  9     i  System Information       aa ae   I  an rm ina  pan      1      4h  Maintenance       Logical Dries  mA Frsical Drives      E Task Schedules  H  Configuration    Figure 6 22  Performance Statistics Window    6 18 The Information Category    Chapter 6  Basic Operations    Cache Dirty  96     If you select Cache Dirty  96   a window similar to the one shown in Figure  6 22 will appear  The percentage of the cache block in use is displayed in  numbers and the cache hits average is displayed as a graph  The Cache  Dirty rate provides cached writes data over the last few minutes and  indicates data caching consistency and frequency     Disk Read Write Performance  MB s     If you select Disk R W  a window similar to the one shown in Figure 6 22  will appear showing the read write performance  A real time view of current  activity is provided as a graph and the performance data is constantly  updated and displayed as
198. n the controller subsystem that you want to manage and  select an authorized access level  Enter any necessary  password and the program will lead you to its management      j session     Step 5  If you like the system to search the available RAID systems  again  pull down the System command menu and select Auto    6 8 Start Using RAIDWatch Manager    Chapter 6  Basic Operations    Discovery   See Figure 6 8  The new search result will be  showing in the Agent List Window             RaIDWatch      System Language Window Help       Use atthe target  then select command     2             Figure 6 8  Start Auto Discovery Function       When the system is executing an auto discovery function  the  Auto Discovery option in the System pull down menu will be  temporarily disabled   See Figure 6 9     Open Device    w Auto Discovery    Exit       Figure 6 9  The system is processing Auto Discovery Function       NOTE     Setting up Auto Discovery is shown in Section 4 5  Auto Discovery     6 3 3 Disconnecting and Refreshing a  Connection    From the System menu  select Logout     Start Using RAIDWatch Manager 6 9    RAIDWatch User s Manual    L A16F  Array  199 199 199 799        Soe               m  Tasks Under Process    Logical Drive Information           afl       L  Logical Yolume Information            P Fibre Channel Status      iG  System Information    gl  Statistics    ee Maintenance         oe   Configuration       Figure 6 10  Disconnect from a Connected Array    Select 
199. nagement  station  a remote client using a browser to access the array  or directly  attached with a RAID subsystem using the in band protocols     Your system display must be running in 16K colors or higher mode  otherwise some configuration items may not be visible     Be certain that your system meets the minimum hardware and software  requirements listed in Section 3 1 System Requirements     Check to confirm that the RAID disk arrays and controllers are installed  properly  For the installation procedure  see the documentation that came  with the controller subsystems     Follow the directions provided in the Section 3 3 Platform  Requirements  and prepare for installation and operation under different  OS environments     3 4 2 Installing RAIDWatch on a Windows Platform         t         Software Setup    9    If you are running a Windows platform on the server computer follow these    steps to install RAIDWatch on your server s  and RAID subsystem     Step 1  Insert the Infortrend Product Utility CD or RAIDWatch installation    CD into the system s optical drive     Step 2  If you are currently running other applications  close them before    proceeding with the setup process  This will minimize the possibility  of encountering system errors during setup     Step 3  The RAIDWatch installer program is included on the CD ROM that    came with your RAID controller or subsystem  An auto run screen  provides a hot link to the installer program   See Figure 3 1  Click   Inst
200. nce the Delete command has been selected  a confirm box will  prompt asking you whether to proceed or not           Step 4  If you are certain that you wish to delete the LD  press the OK  button  If you are not sure  click the Cancel button     9 3  Logical Volume Management    You can create and delete logical volumes using RAIDWatch Manager   Combining logical drives together creates logical volumes  You can  combine logical drives with different capacities and RAID levels into a  single logical volume  You can also delete existing logical volumes   Before deleting  make certain that the data stored in the logical volume is    no longer needed  Deleting a logical volume erases all information stored  on that logical volume     9 18 Logical Volume Management    Chapter 9  Drive Management    e NOTE     When you delete a logical volume  all logical drives assigned to it will  be released  making them available for new logical volume creation     9 3 1 Accessing the Create Logical Volume  Window    LVs are created in the Create Logical View window  which can be  accessed either from the navigation panel icon or the command menu on  top of the screen              t   Step 1  To create LVs  display the Create Logical Volume window by  clicking on the associated icon in the GUI s navigation panel or  the command in the Action menu bar     WW RaIDWatch    System Language Window Help    B aoar  Array  192 168     System   Action    Information      amp   I cess a   Maintenance  hf
201. nd RAIDWatch Program       Installshield is copying files to your system     Click Cancel to stop the installation    FAIL atch    Mame guilhelp enicantentsiconfiqured  LY htm  Size  26984  Time  2005 4 2 FF 1 47       t       Step 2       Step 3     Figure 3 18  Installing Active    If the Next button from Figure 3 17 was selected  the Install Active  window shown in Figure 3 18 will appear  If you wish to stop the  installation procedure  then click the Cancel button  If you wish to  continue installing the Applet components  allow the installation  shield to continue through the rest of the procedure     Once the software has been successfully installed  a window  indicating the successful installation  see Figure 3 19  will appear   To complete the process and exit the window  click the Finish  button     Software Setup    Chapter 3  Installation        amp  Installing Infortrend RAIDWatch Program a    Em  x     Infortrend      S E       Installation has completed     The RAIDWatch program was installed successfully on your computer   Click Finish ta exit the setup window        Figure 3 19  Successful Installation    e NOTE     1    RAIDWatch installation onto a Mac machine requires you to reboot  your system for RAID agents to run properly      EGO Installing Infortrend RAIDWatch Program       information         You should reboot the host to start the services     2       System is Setting         Cancel         2  Some sub menus in RAIDWatch can be brought up using th
202. nd Summary    Appendices    RAIDWatch Window Menu Commands  Outer Shell  Window        Next Window This command allows you to switch to the  display of the next array being connected   Tile AII This command arranges currently open  windows so that they are all visible and  occupy an equal part of the RAIDWatch       application window    Cascade AII This command arranges currently open  windows so that one is placed over the other  but every window is still visible     caption button    windows and ends all software connections   RAIDWatch Help Menu Commands  Outer Shell  Window     About   A   Displays information about the RAIDWatch  Manager program           What s this  Produces an interactive arrow mark  By  placing the arrow mark over and clicking on  a functional menu or push button  the related       help content page displays   Help Topic Displays RAIDWatch Manager online help     RAIDWatch System Menu Commands  Management  Window     Refresh Refreshes the status display of the current connection  in cases when configuration changes are made    through a terminal connection to the same array     Logout Closes the currently open window and ends the  software s connection with the array          Command Summary App 3    RAID Watch User s Manual    RAIDWatch Action Menu Commands  Management  Window     Array Displays the second level menu  which provides  Information access to all information windows  Access to the  information windows can also be found on the  navigati
203. nder the  Infortrend Inc directory  select the Configuration Client option  shown in Figure 4 2        Configuration  Client    Figure 4 1  Configuration Client Shortcut on Windows Desktop    L2 The Configuration Client Utility    Chapter 4  Configuration Client Options       SIM    Em Infortrend Inc    u Configuration Client    Im Programs          Figure 4 2  Configuration Client Shortcut on Windows Startup Menu    9  Step 3  Click on Configuration Client to activate the Configuration  Client window as shown in Figure 4 3  The Configuration Client  program allows you to configure the following items       Root Agent  administrative settings       Auto Discovery      Notification configuration options         4  ELT Bad 88 4 43 Vei 10 33 k        pe Miel FAEF  R22 Memon  D BSTUT     e Mode LH ALGAT Nnm Er SRE      p  Mod 25 02121 2 Hm De 1048575            Monet  26252124 2 Hamer   r BETS        guum  Model A16F 51211 Meme  ect    L Ee             ju IE EI  jing TEA a 24H   192468 5 143  AL IRL     sete sat   182188 5 0   pa         Figure 4 3  Configuration Client Window    4 1 2 Setting Up a Root Agent        Step 1  Launch the Configuration Client program  See Section 4 1 1        y Step 2  From the Command menu  select File  gt Add Host  see Figure  4 4   or right click on Connection View to bring up the Add  Host Dialog Box  and enter a Root Agent IP here   See Figure  4 5     The Configuration Client Utility 4 3    RAIDWatch User s Manual       wi Configuration Client 
204. nel 0  Host  SCS Speed  0 MEZ    Parameters   ID    Channel 1  Hast  SCSI  Speed  0 MHz   Current Transfer Clock  0 MHz    Default Transfer Clack  h BO MHz      Current Transfer Width  Marrow    Default Tranzfer Width   Wide         Termination     Enabled a Disabled    Parity Check    Enabled  CJ Disabled       Apply      Figure 8 3  Selecting a Host Channel  SCSI Host    User Configurable Channel Parameters 8 3    RAIDWatch User s Manual    Channel Parameters  EonRAID 2510FS Series    Channel    Channel 0  Hast  Fibre  Speed  2 GHz  Parameters   ID         f   Channel 1  Hast  Fibre  Speed  Auto     Channel 2  Drive ROCOM  Fibre  Speed  2 GHz  Channel Moda   privesccoM ww      Channel 3 vive  RUCCUOIM Fibra  Speed  2 GHz       Drive  Channel 4  Host  Fibre  Speed  2 GHz  Current Data Rate  2 GHa3rioa  Channel 5  Host  Fibre  Speed  2 GHz  RCCOM  Default Data Rate     Drive RCCOM       Current Transter Width  Serial       Apply      Figure 8 4  Selecting a Drive Channel  EonRAID 2510FS    8 2 1  Channel Mode    This configuration option is exclusively available with the EonRAID  2510FS series     The EonRAID series controller allows flexible reconfigurations of its I O    channels  An I O channel can be assigned as Host  Drive  dedicated RCC   RCCOM   or Drive RCCOM channels  For example  the combination of  I O channels may look like the following     Dual Redundant Controller Models    EonRAID 2510FS  2 hosts and 2 drive RCCOMs  a total of 4 I O    ARH channels    EonRAID 
205. new Fax notification  click Create on the top right of    the screen or right click on the lower half of the configuration  screen to display the Add Fax Recipient dialog box        Module Config   Plugin   Create Plugin      Module Mame  Fox    um    Enable lal  Severity 1      Queue size 2                    Severity    Figure 4 37  Adding Fax Notification    o oe    9 Step 3  An Add Fax Receiver dialog box prompts  Enter the phone  number of the fax machine that will receive event notifications     Event Notification Settings 4 21    RAIDWatch User s Manual    4 22    Add FAX receiver 1 X     Telephone    Outside line       Delay Second I   Severity h  l         Figure 4 38  Add FAX Receiver Dialog Box           Step 4  Enter the Outside line dial out number if there is any   Nu i    y Step 5  Enter the Delay Second number    a        yj Step 6  Enter the level of Severity of events to be sent via fax     Nu i  Q Step 7  Repeat this process to add more receivers     We    w NOTE     The physical connection and fax service with Windows MAPI should  be ready before configuring this function     Sender Side    From the Module Config window   a  ua     jy Step 1  Find the Fax settings from the pull down list    Nu     y Step 2  Click on the On Off switch beside the pull down button to enable  Fax notification     Switched ON Switched OFF       yj Step 3  Double click on the Current Value field of the Status row to  enable fax notification  Set Status to Enable if you want the 
206. nfiguration Client utility     4 3 4 2 The Configuration Process    Qm   y Step 1  Click the Create Plug in tab     Qm    9 Step 2  Make sure you have placed the execution file in the plug in  folder as described earlier     4 2 Root Agent Configuration    Chapter 4  Configuration Client Options    t  Step 3  Enter the appropriate data in the Plug in Description and Plug in  Label fields  and then select an execution file from the  Application Program field  if there is more than one         Step 4  Click Create to complete the process   See Figure 4 21          Module config   Plugin Greate Plugin      Plugin Description Plug Test  Plugin Label  Test 1   Application Progra hest exe ww      Figure 4 21  Naming and Associating a Plug in file       Step 5  Select the Plug in tab from the panel  Click Create Receiver to  display an input field dialog box     cy Step 6  Enter the configuration string to be read when the application  program starts   See Figure 4 22  A configuration argument  may look like this       plugin userprogram exe uid xx model xxx xxx  IP XXX XXX XXX XXX ctrlrName N A severity 1  evtStr  Evt String  recv  customized string     An added profile is listed in the Receiver Data field        Module Contig Plugin   Create Plugin      Application lest exe       Receiver Data         Input  x     Q  Input plugin receiver data    F     st xxx com  username test  UWiID xxx  cance             Figure 4 22  Create Plug in Receiver Profile    Root Agent Configuration 4
207. ng system errors during setup     Open the file manager and change the directory to  mnt cdrom  Execute   linux sh to start the software installation     Be sure to install JRE 1 4 2 or above version on your server   Running older version of Java runtime may cause a failure of  installing RAIDWatch main program     Be sure to install the Java plug in     Install the Java based GUI RAIDWatch manager main program  An  installshield will prompt on the screen  Please refer to Section 3 4 5  for step by step installation procedures     3 4 4 Installing RAIDWatch on a Solaris Platform              Q        Software Setup    Follow these steps to install RAIDWatch on your server s  and RAID  subsystems     Step 1     Step 2     Step 3     Step 4     Insert the Infortrend Product Utility CD or RAIDWatch installation  CD into the systems CD ROM drive     If you are currently running other applications  close them before  proceeding with the setup process  This will minimize the possibility  of encountering system errors during setup     Be sure to install JRE 1 4 2 or above version on your server   Running older version of Java runtime may cause a failure of the  RAIDWatch main program installation     When the File Manager window pops up on the screen  double   click the file    unix sh      See Figure 3 3     3      RAIDWatch User s Manual       Figure 3 3  File Manager Window in Solaris Platform       y Step 5  A Run window prompt will display   See Figure 3 4  To install the  Java
208. nging strip size  is only recommended for experienced users  Stripe size defaulted to this  menu is determined by the subsystem Optimization mode and the RAID  level selected     Set a Drive Size    In the Drive Size  MB  input box displays the maximum drive size per  selected physical disk  total capacity of each disk   Decreasing this value  can create a smaller logical drive  The remainder can be used later by  expanding the drive  as explained in Section 9 2 3 3      9 2 3 6  Click Migrate Logical Drives to Initiate LD  Migration    To initiate the LD expansion  follow these steps     J Step 1  Once the LD migration parameters have been set to the value    desired  click the Migrate LD button at the bottom of the  Migrate Logical Drives page     cy Step 2  The migration process begins and you may check the progress in  the Tasks Under Process window       Step 3  The logical drive will now have a new RAID level  strip size and  drive size  All data will be moved from the old logical drive to  the new logical drive     9 12 Logical Drive Management    Chapter 9  Drive Management    9 2 4 Dynamic Logical Drive Expansion    9 2 4 1  What is It and How Does It Work     Before Dynamic Logical Drive Expansion  increasing the capacity of a  RAID system using traditional methods meant backing up  re creating   and then restoring data  Dynamic Logical Drive Expansion allows you to  add new hard disk drives and expand a RAID level 0  3  5 or 6 logical  drive without powering down t
209. nity  public      apy     o      Figure 13 5  SNMP Traps   Sender side Settings            Step 2  Fill in or select the following configuration fields   Enabled  Select this check box to enable the notification     Community  This is just a string authentication and can be seen  as a plain text password     t  Step 3  Click Apply or OK to proceed with configuration  Note that the  configuration will be saved to the reserved space on the array and  may cause a short delay        yj Step 4  Click SNMP Trap List from the tabbed panel above     Configuring the Utility Options 13 5    RAIDWatch User s Manual         Co ntig ure      EMAIL   SNMP Trap   Broadcast      IE xg                 Trap Receivers      Trap Recei Severity  182168 1 254         HostiP   1921681254    Severity   a          Figure 13 6  SNMP Traps   Receiver Side Settings    Host IP  The port number of the agents listening for traps     Severity  Select the severity level of events to be sent to the  receiver station     Trap receivers will be added to the Trap Receivers list on the  right      amp      Step 5  Click Apply or OK to complete the configuration     13 2 4 Broadcast Notification    Qm  0  Step 1  Click on the Notification Process Center Setting tab and  Broadcast to display Broadcast settings        E23 Ca TT ure E mim    SSL Notification Process Center Setting       EMAIL   SNMP Trap   Broadcast       Base Setting   Braadcastingkisk      LL a aa a ee r a          Enabled              Figure 13 7 
210. nstallation        Step 2  Once the software has been successfully installed  a window  indicating the successful installation  see Figure 3 16  will appear   To complete the process and exit the window  click Finish       Installing Infortrend RAIDWatch Program 1 P  2 xl                      Installation has completed     The RAIDWatch program was installed successfully an your computer   Click Finish ta exit the setup window        Figure 3 16  Successful Installation    3 4 8 Stand alone  on Host or Subsystem  Installation        5  xl      Input the IP of controller where applets to install    IF or HostMarme   Controller Password             Figure 3 17  Input IP and Controller Password    Software Setup 3 17    RAIDWatch User s Manual    3 18    Q Step 1     ED  x    As shown in Figure 3 17 above  enter the IP address or the host  name of the controller subsystem and the controller password in their  respective fields  The default for the controller subsystem IP or  password is blank  The preset IP and password should have been  configured along with other configuration utilities before proceeding  with the RAIDWatch installation     Once the IP  or host name  and the controller password have been  entered  select the Next button if you wish to proceed with the  installation process  If you do not wish to proceed with the  installation process  select the Stop button  If you wish to re select  the installation options  then select the Back button     Installing Infortre
211. nt    RAIDWatch supports local or remote management of Infortrend EonStor  subsystems over a LAN WAN or the Internet using the TCP IP protocol   RAIDWatch can be highly flexible in terms of its access routes to a RAID  subsystem  When    Advanced    installation is chosen during the installation  process  three  3  installation schemes are available for you to select using  the install shield program   See Figure 0 3  Below sections are the  explanations of the three options     wh      NOTE     The default setting of RAIDWatch installation is using basic installation   Basic installation is the same as Mode l  Centralized Management  in    Advanced installation     4  Infortrend RAIDWatch Setup   E   ici x   Choose the type of installation you prefer       Centralize Management    Install all components including RAIDYYatch program  RAID  Agent  Root Agent and other centralized management utilities  into host computer     C Stand alone  on Host    Install RAIDYYatch program  RAID Agent and drivers into host  computer        Stand alone  on Subsystem     Install applet mode RAIDYVatch program components into the  subsystem     Destination Falder     CAProgram FilesMnfartrend Inc Ry Browse           Cancel         Figure 0 3  Installation Options    1 2 4 1 Mode One  Centralized Management    For centralized or one to many configurations using either the Ethernet or  in band host connection to the RAID subsystems  The root agent and sub   modules  including the Configuration C
212. nt Value  Agent TP 1 192 168 4 13 E  Agent IP 2 192 168 4 33 NN                    Administrator passwd  Guest password          Figure 4 11  Module Name Pull down List    4 2 Configuration Client User Interface    The Configuration Client user interface contains four  4  major elements   Tool Bar Buttons  Connection View Window  and Module Configuration  Window  They are shown in Figure 4 12     46    Configuration Client User Interface    Chapter 4  Configuration Client Options    Module Configuration Window    Command Menu  a        Tool Bar Buttons          We Connectbon view 2     19 15654 43 Vergo ODF d  Modet FTEF R2424 Norme  123J0   558     a          Mesue Carnis   Pun   Create Pug    bindi dame     PPP    Connection View  Window       APS aot paier          Figure 4 12  Major Elements in Configuration Client User Interface  4 2 1 Command Menu    e File commands include Add Host and Exit  The Add Host  command connects you to a Root Agent host  A Root Agent host is  one that is chosen as a management center to manage multiple  RAID agents  which are  in turn  used to access different arrays  By  connecting to a Root Agent IP  all its subsidiary RAIDs are then  managed by the management center  The Exit command will let  you exit the Configuration Client User Interface and close the  program     e The Language command allows you to select the language display  on the Configuration Client User Interface  The current  selections include English  Deutsch  Spanish and Ja
213. nted using icons of different  colors        5 4 Array Information Icons    Chapter 5  RAIDWatch Icons    Fibre Channel Status       EH A Fibre host channel  System Information      A battery module    a  ey    A cooling module  An enclosure device connected through an I C bus    A drive tray slot  21 A temperature sensor    An UPS device       A voltage sensor       5 3 Maintenance Icons    Maintenance    This category uses the same icons as in the Logical Drive Information    window  See Logical Drive Information section        5 4 Configuration Icons    Maintenance Icons 5 5    RAIDWatch User s Manual    Create Logical Drives    This window uses the same icons as in the Logical Drive Information    5 6       window  See Logical Drive Information section     Existing Logical Drives    A configured array  logical drive     Create Logical Volume           A member of a logical volume  representing a logical drive   Different logical drives are presented using icons of different  colors     Existing Logical Volumes  eee    Partition s  of   5D8D3BEB A partitioned logical       j volume is represented  Index  D  Offset  OMB  Size  14346MB ME E asa color bar that can  be split into many  segments  Each color  segment indicates a  partition of a    configured array   A member of a logical volume  representing a logical drive   Different logical drives are presented using icons of different    colors     A logical volume    Host Channel    EH A host channel    Configuration Icons 
214. nwich Mean Time  is used with a 24 hour clock  To  change the clock to your local time zone  select a time from the  drop down menu  Choose the hour later than the Greenwich Mean  Time following a plus     sign  For example  enter     9    for Japan   s  time zone     Date Time    Enter time and date in their numeric representatives in the following  order  month  day  hour  minute  and the year     SDRAM ECC    7 5    RAIDWatch User s Manual    If the DIMM module installed for data caching supports ECC  you  may select to enable or disable the error check function here     When preferences have been set with the configurations above  click  Apply to make the changes     7 4 System    7 6    To access the System specific functions  select the System page  as shown in  Figure 7 4  from the Configuration Parameters window     Configuration Parameters             Communication  Controller System   Password  Threshold   Redundani    system    G Mute Beeper  G Reset the controller  a Shutdown Controller    G Restore Factory Defaults       ownload i Upload       Download FW C3  Download FW  BR    G Download NyEAM from Host Disk F Upload NYEAM ta Host Disk    CJ Save NVRAM to Disk CJ Restore NVRAM from Disk       Apply               Figure 7 4  The System Page    Each function is executed by a two step procedure  Click the select button of  the function you wish to perform and click the  Apply  button for the  configuration to take effect     Select only one option each time from th
215. o important modules are included  Configuration Client  and Root Agent  The Configuration Client enables automatic  notifications of system events  and the Root Agent communicates  with multiple RAID subsystems that are not directly attached to this  server     3  The main management server will also need Java Run time  Environment  JRE  installed if a system administrator needs to  configure the arrays from it     4  Table 0 4 on page I 11 provides a guide to what modules need to be  installed on which servers     The items in the lower section of Table 0 4  JRE  web browser and or  web server are not included with RAIDWatch management program   therefore  they must be installed or modified by system users     5  For more information about specific platform requirements  see  Section 3 3 Platform Requirements     Conceptual Foundation    1 3 2    1 3 3    Conceptual Foundation    Chapter 1  Introduction    Mode 1 All Modes Mode 2 Mode 3    Stand alone  on  Subsystem    Stand alone  on Host    Centralized  Management    RAID  Subsystem    Server w   RAID  Directly  Attached    Installed Centralized Remote    Elements Management Browser    Server Station     Applet  Mode    in band     Root Agent    RAIDWatch  Manager  d MEN  Client  used to run    see    Yes  if it is  used to run  Pet     4     ve E      Embedded    Ta    Table 0 4  RAIDWatch Module Requirements       Stand alone  on Host  Installation    Main features of the RAID based installation method are listed  below 
216. o step procedure  Click to select a desired  value from the pull down menu  and then click Apply for the  configuration to take effect     LV Assignment  both controllers can access a logical volume  In  tradition to LV management  one LV can only be accessed by primary or  secondary controller     9 22 Logical Volume Management    Chapter 9  Drive Management    Write Policy  Write policy can be adjusted on a per logical volume basis   This option allows you to set a write policy for the specific logical  volume you selected     Default    is a neutral value that is coordinated with  the controller s caching mode setting  Other choices are    Write back     and    Write through        9 3 3 2  Expanding a Logical Volume    When members of a logical volume have free and unused capacity  the  additional capacity can be added to existing logical volumes  The unused  capacity can result from the following situations     e Certain amount of capacity was intentionally left unused when the  logical drives were created  configurable with maximum array  capacity      e Some or all of the members of a logical volume have been  expanded  either by adding new drives or copying and replacing  original drives with drives of larger capacity     9 3 3 3  Accessing the Expand LV Command Page      J Step 1  Select a configured LV from the Existing Logical Volumes  window shown in Figure 9 20  As shown below  all the LVs that  have been created will appear below the Logical Volume Status    pan
217. on panel     Maintenance Displays the second level menu  which provides    access to all maintenance tasks windows  Access to  the maintenance task windows can also be found on  the navigation panel    Configuration Displays the second level menu  which provides  access to all configuration windows  Access to the  configuration windows can also be found on the       navigation panel     A 2  Configuration Client Utility Commands    File Menu Commands    Add Host Creates a new entry by entering Root Agent server  IP   Closes the Configuration Client application     Language Selection Commands    The Configuration Client  online help will show in  English    The Configuration Client  online help will show in  Deutsch    The Configuration Client  online help will show in  Japanese     Help Menu Commands             About Displays information about the Configuration  Client program        App 4 Command Summary    Appendices    Tool Bar Commands    Open Bookmark   Opens a previously saved connection view profile   File This profile contains information about the Root  Agent server and the RAID arrays being managed  by a Root Agent   Save Bookmark Saves the current connection view profile onto your  File system drive  The default file name is   default npc      Connect Connects to a Root Agent server  usually the one    RootAgent Server   that you choose as a management and install the    Configuration Client utility  However  you may  connect to multiple Root Agent servers from a 
218. onnect to the  RAIDWatch program  To do this  open a web browser and  enter the controller subsystem IP address     IMPORTANT     There is no need to configure the Peripheral Device setting if you are trying  to manage a RAID subsystem from a RAIDWatch station through an    Ethernet connection  to the EonStor subsystem s Ethernet port   An    Ethernet connection to RAID uses TCP IP as the communication protocol          Infortrend RAIDWatch Setup E    nl X     Choose the type of installation you prefer  Centralize Management  Install all components including RAIDYYatch program  RAIL    Agent  Root Agent and other centralized management utilities  into host computer         Stand alone  on Hast    Install RAIYatch program  RAD Agent and drivers into hast  computer    C Stand alone  on Subsystem     Install applet made RAIDYYetch program components inta the  subsystem     Destination Folder    CAP rogram Files infortrend Inc Ry   Browse           Cancel         3 14    Figure 3 12  Advanced Installation Options    Software Setup    Chapter 3  Installation    3 4 7 Installing Software Components    Software Setup    RAIDWatch allows you to install its management utility redundantly onto  two different servers  This prevents blind time if one server fails or is  powered down for expected reasons  Note that if a server is chosen as either  the Master or Slave host  RAIDWatch must be manually installed on it     Infortrend RAIDWatch Setup z lal x     Select Single or Redundancy Mod
219. onnecting and disconnecting from a disk array system  setting  up system security  displaying controls  working with various disk array  windows  and exiting the program     Part 2  Using RAlDWatch for System Management    Chapter 7  Configuration Parameters    Discusses how to access the controller subsystem configuration options and  the different RAID configuration options that are available  A detailed  description of how to set these options is given as well as brief explanations  of the different parameters     Chapter 8  Channel Configuration    Discusses how to access the channel configuration options and describes in  detail the user configurable channel options that can be set  Instructions on  setting the configuration of a channel and how to configure host channel IDs  are also discussed     Chapter 9  Drive Management    This chapter describes the creation  expansion and deletion of both logical  drives  LD  and logical volumes  LV   Different LD and LV options are  explained and steps to setting the different options are described in detail  A  discussion on partitioning LDs and LVs is also found in this chapter     Chapter 10  LUN Mapping    Discusses how to map complete or separate partitions of LDs and LVs to  different LUNs  Detailed description of the mapping procedure is given  A  discussion on how to delete LUN mappings and a description of the LUN  Mapping Table are provided  All the associated options are also described     XV    RAIDWatch User s Manual
220. oot agent is re activated     16K or higher mode management station monitor        Atleast one available Ethernet port is required  over TCP IP      3 1 2 Local Client Running RAIDWatch Manager      Computer must be Pentium or above PC compatible running Windows    2000  Windows 2003  32 bit or 64 bit   Linux RedHat 8 9  Linux  RedHat Enterprise Linux 3 0  Linux RedHat Enterprise ES 4   LinuxSUSE8 1 9 1  Linux SUSE9 64 bit  Linux Fedora3 64 bit  Solaris  9  or Mac OS X that supports Java Runtime 1 4 2 or higher     e NOTE     Linux 64 bit Operating Systems currently do not support Java applet mode       Remote station must be running Netscape 4 7X  IE6 0 or Mozilla 5 0          Java Runtime 1 4 2  for a particular platform      16K or higher mode management station monitor       One Ethernet port  over TCP IP     3 2    System Requirements    Chapter 3  Installation      Windows Messaging  MAPI  for Windows 2000 2003 if fax notification  support is needed       Windows NetBEUI support for Windows 2000 2003 must be enabled if  network broadcast support notification is needed  Please refer to your  Windows documentation for more information       SNMP traps service for Windows NT if SNMP traps notification is  desired       TCP IP with a valid IP assigned to each controller subsystem  Static IP is  recommended        lt A fax modem that supports Hayes AT command protocol is required  if  using the fax event notification function    Fax command class 2 0 and  above         A GSM
221. or click on the On Off  switch beside the pull down button to enable the option        Module Config   Plugin   Create Plugin      Module Name  auto Discovery       Statue      IP scan range Enable    SEHEN    Figure 4 47  Enable Disable the Auto Discovery    e NOTE     If you already have the Auto Discovery option turned on  be sure to       turn off and then turn on the option for any adjustments that you  newly made to take effect     Once the Auto Discovery option is successfully configured  the system  will detect the IP range that you designated  and automatically add the  search results into the agent list  An Auto Discovery Notice window will  prompt  you may click OK button to close the window and start using  Configuration Client and RAIDWatch Manager     Auto Discovery Service Status       Figure 4 48  Auto Discovery Notice    If you open the Root Agent setting option under module configuration  window  an available agent list will be shown in the lower section of the  Configuration Client user interface   See Figure 4 49     Auto Discovery    Chapter 4  Configuration Client Options    Module Contig   Plugin   Create Plugin      Module Mame RootAgent Setting   create       UN      Administrator password The F The Agent List    Guest password                Figure 4 49  The Root Agent List    If you like to start using the RAIDWatch manager  please refer to Section  5 2  A Agent List window will automatically show the controllers that  were detected by the Auto Disc
222. ormally  Fan 1 functioning normally  Fan 2 functioning normally       Fan 3 functioning normally  Power Supply 0 functioning normally  Power Supply 1 functioning normally    Figure 11 3  Displaying Enclosure Device Information    More information about each enclosure device can also be found in the  System Information window     Chapter 11  System Monitoring and Management    11 1 4 Task Under Process    Access the Task Under Process window by clicking on the display icon  in the RAIDWatch navigation panel     Task status  LL  Task Description      I Logical Drive  71A88188 On Line Intisization    f       BADHE    Aus Drive  11 Media Scan    t   gt    d    4  Drive  13 Media Scan    re       Aus Drive  15 Media Scan    qs    Figure 11 4  Tasks Currently Being Processed      This window shows the unfinished tasks currently being processed  by the subsystem  The Task Status display includes disk drive  maintenance tasks such as Media Scan or Regenerate Parity  and  array configuration processes such as logical drive initialization  and capacity expansion       Ifyou find that you have made the wrong configuration choice  you  may also left click and then right click on the task information to  display the Abort command       A brief task description  start time  and a percentage indicator are  available with each processing task     11 1 5 Event Log List Configuration List Window    In the bottom of RAIDWatch program shows Event Log List and  Configuration List windows  You can
223. ortant information that users should be aware of is indicated with  the following icons     These messages inform the reader of essential but non critical  information  These messages should be read carefully as any directions  or instructions contained therein can help you avoid making mistakes     AN CAUTION     Cautionary messages should also be heeded to help you reduce the  chance of losing data or damaging the system     xvii    RAIDWatch User s Manual    IMPORTANT     The Important messages emphasis on using RAIDWatch management  software     A WARNING     Warnings appear where overlooked details may cause damage to the    equipment or result in personal injury  Warnings should be taken  seriously     Software and Firmware Updates    xviii    Please contact your system vendor or visit Infortrend s FTP site   ftp infortrend com tw  for the latest software or firmware updates     Problems that occur during the updating process may cause irrecoverable  errors and system down time  Always consult technical personnel before  proceeding with any firmware upgrade     e NOTE     Firmware version installed on your system should provide the complete  functionalities listed in the specification sheet user   s manual  We  provide special revisions for various application purposes  Therefore   DO NOT upgrade your firmware unless you fully understand what a  firmware revision will do     RAIDWatch User s Manual    Revision History  November 18  2006    Added installation procedures 
224. ory allows you to access to information about every    aspect of system operation     To access the information category  either select the icon from the  navigation tree or go to the Action Command menus and then select  Information on the top of the screen   See Figure 6 15     Array  192 168     System   Action    Information Enclosure    vie vy                        ure View    Maintenance b Tasks Under Process    Configuration P Logical Drive Information  ETIEIUSUTE VIE       Logical Volume Information      Tasks Under Fibre Channel Status       system Information    Statistics       Logical Drive    ri    E Logical olur    nul Fihra   r  ha  nnal Static    Figure 6 15  Accessing Information Commands    Enclosure View Window    The Enclosure View window displays the physical view of all major  components  including drive slots and enclosure components  When the  Enclosure View window is opened  the screen shown in Figure 6 16 should  appear  Use the Enclosure View window to monitor multiple enclosures  from the computer screen  For detail of using the Enclosure View window     please refer to Chapter 12     Enclosure View    RAID   JBOD Chl 2 ID 113              r  Redundant Controller is Scanning  BBU Disable        Slot  27   Chl 2 1D 26  IFT ES 416F J  Fan 0 functioning normally    Size MB   76058  Status  Good  Speed  2 065          Information Summary    746644 Fan 1 functioning normally  LLL  Fati 2 functioning normally      Device D  lFan 3 functioning normally  
225. oss several drives  Although called RAID 0  this is not a true  implementation of RAID because there is no facility for redundancy  In the  event of a disk failure  data is lost     In block striping  the total disk capacity is equivalent to the sum of the  capacities of all drives in the array  This combination of drives appears to  the system as a single logical drive     RAID 0 provides the highest performance without redundancy  It is fast  because data can be simultaneously transferred to from multiple disks   Furthermore  read writes to different drives can be processed concurrently     Physical Disks  Logical Drive    aT ag  b BLocK2 d       Figure C 2  RAIDO Storage    RAID Levels    C 4     C 5        RAID Levels    Appendices    RAID 1    RAID 1 implements disk mirroring where a copy of the same data is  recorded onto two sets of striped drives  By keeping two copies of data on  separate disks or arrays  data is protected against a disk failure  If a disk on  either side fails at any time  the good disks can provide all of the data  needed  thus preventing downtime     In disk mirroring  the total disk capacity is equivalent to half the sum of the  capacities of all drives in the combination  For example  combining four  IGB drives would create a single logical drive with a total disk capacity of  2GB  This combination of drives appears to the system as a single logical  drive     RAID 1 is simple and easy to implement  however  it is more expensive as it  doubles t
226. ostlP here        Figure 6 1  Installation Wizard Prompt  Redundancy Server    Before management can be performed on a particular disk array system  you  need to first establish a connection from your array to the network or a  connection between your array and the directly attached server  Once a  connection is established successfully  management can be started     The following discusses how to connect to a disk array  Information on  disconnection is provided at the end of this section     Starting RAIDWatch Agents 6 3    RAIDWatch User s Manual    6 2 Starting RAIDWatch Manager    The management software interface  RAIDWatch Manager  needs to be  started by a network or RAID subsystem manager regardless of which OS is  being used     Depending on your setup  you can start RAIDWatch Manager in various  ways     For both local and remote management  and under various OSes  starting the  program is fairly simple  Please refer to the appropriate sub sections below  for information     6 2 1 Locally or via LAN under Windows 2000   2003 Environments    From the Startup menu  select Programs  gt  Infortrend Inc   gt  RAIDWatch  Manager   See Figure 6 2   Double click the RAIDWatch Manager icon          u Configuration Client          Figure 6 2  Configuration Client Shortcut on Windows Startup Menu      OR      Double click the RAIDWatch Manager icon from the desktop  see Figure  6 3  if a shortcut was added during the in stallation process     V       m msTsLI LE L  mi H T Ju 
227. ot display events that happened before the utility is  started     Event Log Display 4 3     RAIDWatch User s Manual    This page is intentionally  left blank       4 32 Event Log Icons    Chapter 5  RAIDWatch Icons    This chapter introduces icons used in the main configuration access  categories     4 Navigation Tree Icons     Section 5 1  Information Icons     Section 5 2  Maintenance Icons     Section 5 3    Configuration Icons     Section 5 4                Event Log Icons     Section 5 5    9 1 Navigation Tree Icons    i Connected RAID Array      LEM         m Tasks Under Process  P Logical Drive Information      At   Fie Channel Status    Fa Logical Volume Information    ru Information       ob   se       Navigation Tree Icons 5 1    RAIDWatch User s Manual    UT Logical Drive    Physical Drive  Task Scheduler    Quick Installation  Create Logical Drive    Existing Logical Drives       5 2 Navigation Tree Icons    Chapter 5  RAIDWatch Icons    5 2 Array Information Icons    Enclosure View    Any drive icon showing a color other than black  represents a member of a logical drive or a dedicated  spare  Black is the default color of a new or used  drive  A used drive is a drive that had been used as a  member of a logical drive     This graphic represents a rotation button  Each  mouse click on it turns the enclosure graphic 90  degrees clockwise     ii          BBU failed   Fan 0 functioning normally   Fan 1 functioning normally   Fan 2 functioning normally   Fan 3 funct
228. overy option     4 6 Event Severity Levels    RAIDWatch classifies disk array events into three severity levels  Level    includes non critical information events such as initialization of the  controller and initiation  of the rebuilding process  Level 2 severity  includes events which require the issuance of a warning message  Level 3  severity is the most serious level  and includes events that need  immediate attention  The following provides example events for each  level     e      NOTE     The severity levels here are different from the levels used for  configuring the notification methods    4 6 1 Level 1 Severity Events  Examples     Controller Initialization Complete    Rebuild Initiated     Rebuild Complete    Rebuild Failed     Logical Drive Initialization Started     Logical Drive Initialization Complete      Logical Drive Initialization Failed    Event Severity Levels 4 29    RAIDWatch User s Manual    4 6 2 Level 2 Severity Events  Examples        SCSI Target Select Timeout      SCSI Target Phase Signal Error      SCSI Target Unexpected Disconnect     SCSI Target Negotiation Error     SCSI Target Timed Out      SCSI Target Parity Error     SCSI Bus Reset Issued      SCSI Target Not Ready Error     SCSI Target Media Error     SCSI Target Hardware Error      SCSI Target Unit Attention     SCSI Target Unexpected Sense Date      SCSI Target Block Reassignment Failure     SCSI Target Unexpected Data Over Underrun       Drive SCSI Unrecognized Event    4 6 3 Level 3 
229. ow    When the Create Logical Drive window is opened  the screen shown in  Figure 6 28 should appear     The basic rules for using the functional elements in the Create Logical Drive  window are       This window uses a parallel display principle  To create a logical  drive  select its members from the Front View window each by a  single mouse click  The Selected Members window then displays the  disk drives    slot IDs and sizes       The Configuration view also employs an up then down pattern with  the configuration process  Important logical drive characteristics are  set using the pull down menus at the lower part of the Configuration  screen  The creation procedure is completed by clicking the OK  button at the bottom of the screen     The Configuration Category    Chapter 6  Basic Operations    A Selected physical drive is highlighted by bright blue lines  a second  mouse click on it deselects the drive     Create Logical Drive    Front View   Selected Members    Size  MB           Drive Size  MB     239112 RAID Level   NNon RAID     Stripe Size    v   Write Policy   Default v    On Line    Initialization        OK   Reset      Figure 6 28  Selecting Members for a New Logical Drive    For detail of creating a logical drive  please refer to Chapter 9 of this  document     6 8 3 Existing Logical Drives Window    When the Existing Logical Drives window is opened  the screen shown in  Figure 6 29 should appear     The basic rules for using the functional elements in the Exi
230. own button to enable  SMS notification     Switched ON Switched OFF       t   Step 3  Set Status to Enable if you want the module to be activated every  time the Configuration Client is started  Note that the On Off  switch should also be in the On position before you turn off the  server or close the utility  Otherwise  you will have to manually  enable the function whenever you reboot the server     t   Step 4  Select the severity level of events to be sent to the receiver  station         Step 5  Select the COM port where you connect your GSM modem     cy Step 6  Enter the four digit identification Pin Code required by the  modem       Step 7  Provide a Send Period in milliseconds for time intervals between  messages sent       9 Step 8  Provide a retry time value     4 5 Auto Discovery    The innovative Auto Discovery feature provides quick  instant agent  search function  If this option is enabled  the system will automatically  search for the available agents and add it into agent list without manually  key in each agent IP address     To setup the Auto Discovery option  please follow the steps below     Q    Auto Discovery    Chapter 4  Configuration Client Options    Step 1  Open the Module Configuration page  Use the Module Name  pull down menu to select Auto Discovery option   See Figure  4 45     Module Contig   Plugin   Create E    Module Mame  amp uto Discovery      132 158 5 0 182 158 5 254 132 158 4 0 192         Rescan time       Figure 4 45  Auto Discovery Op
231. page  first select a logical drive  on the top of the screen and then click on the Migrate Logical Drives tab  under Functions window   See Figure 9 8     We         NOTE     Only RAID level 5 and 6 support the migration option currently  This  function is disabled when a LD is configured as other RAID levels     This function is only applicable on RAID subsystems running Firmware  3 47 or above version     Logical Drives     Hl mm NN RAID Level Size  MB  Stripe Size  KB   E3 6E70766D RAIDS 3000 128 Good        BE  U  DOL   3 1 CB64DB1    Clickto select a logical drive from the list above     Front View   Functions    Properties   Add Disk   Expand Migrate Logical Drives         Slot   Size  MB       239112 a       yalia  239112    1  2     4 239112                         RAID Level   RAID 6     Stripe Size   128K Default  v    Drive Size  MB   239112  Migrate LD      Figure 9 8  The Expand Command Sub window    The display panel shows the slot number and its available size that are  currently selected     You can assign a RAID level  strip size and drive size for the new logical  drive after migration     Choose a RAID Level    There are number of different RAID levels  each level is a different way  to spread data across multiple drives  Choose a right level depends on the  application can be important to your system  The available RAID levels  for migration are 5 and 6 currently  For each RAID level definitions   please refer to Appendix C in the manual     Each RAID leve
232. panese     e The Help command provides information about the current  software version  The Help explains how to use the Configuration  Client and can be accessed in RAIDWatch s main Help program     4 2 2 Tool Bar Buttons           Connect Root Agent Server    Open Bookmark File ie Lan    Save Bookmark File       Bookmark File F   Connection View _  View  _ IP 192 168  emma Mode    Figure 4 13  Tool Bar Buttons          Disconnect Root Agent             The tool bar has six  6  buttons  described from left to right as follows     e Open Bookmark File  In the environment where multiple arrays  need to be monitored at the same time  this button brings out the  previously saved profile of the access to multiple arrays  via Root  Agent and RAID Agent IPs      Configuration Client User Interface 4 7    RAIDWatch User s Manual    4 8    e Save Bookmark File  This button allows you to save the current  connection profile  as shown in the Navigation panel  as a file to  your system drive  A file path dialog box displays when selected     e Connect Root Agent Server  This button allows you to connect to a  Root Agent server to begin monitoring  for example  in situations  when it has been manually disconnected     wh    v  NOTE     The Root Agent IP is the IP of the computer where you installed your  Configuration Client utility     e Disconnect Root Agent  This button allows you to disconnect from a  Root Agent server     e Help Cursor  Click the Help Cursor button and then click on
233. r Overviews    X1V    The RAIDWatch User   s Manual is divided into three  3  separate parts and  Appendices     Part 1  Getting Started With RAIDWatch    Chapter 1  Introduction    Provides information about RAIDWatch  including a product description   features summary and highlights  The basic concept of RAIDWatch is  defined in an individual section     Chapter 2  RAIDWatch Considerations    Provides some background information on RAID and defines some terms  that will be used throughout the rest of the manual  Discusses the use of  spares and how to replace a drive if no spares were available  Finally   provides a short discussion on RAIDWatch preliminaries     Chapter 3  Installation    Discusses how to install RAIDWatch in your systems  Discussions include  system requirements  setting up hardware  software installation  and how to  update your software by downloading updates from Infortrend   s FTP site     RAIDWatch User s Manual    Chapter 4  Configuration Client Options    Describes how to configure the RAIDWatch sub module configuration  client and event notification for faxes  e mail  broadcast  and so on  Other  functionalities of the utility are also described in full  Information about the  supported notification levels are also provided to aid in explaining these  functions     Chapter 5  RAIDWatch Icons  Describes the icons used in RAIDWatch GUI   Chapter 6  Basic Operations    Discusses basic operations at system startup  These include starting  RAIDWatch  c
234. r through which emails will be sent       di      Step 7  Enter the Account name and Password if your mail server  requires these values  SASL is the currently supported    mechanism     Qum     Step 8  Provide a valid email address as your sender s address     4 4 6 LAN Broadcast Settings    Heceiver Side    To set a computer to receive broadcast messages        yj Step 1  Open the Module Configuration page  Use the Module Name  pull down menu to select Broadcast         Module Contig   Plugin        Disable  1          Figure 4 33  Selecting LAN Broadcast Notification    E     Step 2  To create a new LAN broadcast notification  click the Create  button on the top right of the screen or right click on the lower  half of the configuration screen to display the Add Broadcast  Recipient dialog box     Module Config   Plugin   Create Plugin      Module Name Broadcast    Disable          Severity       Figure 4 34  Adding LAN Broadcast Notification    Nur  cy Step 3  An Add Broadcast Receiver dialog box appears  Simply enter  the IP addresses of a station configured on a network     Event Notification Settings 4 19    RAIDWatch User s Manual    Add Broadcast receiver x     Broadcast receiver Host Marne    Severity h              Figure 4 35  Add Broadcast Receiver Dialog Box         H E n       Step 4  Select the severity level of events to be sent to the receiver  station      amp     9 Step 5  Repeat this process to add more receivers     e NOTE     NETBUES and TCP IP should be
235. re Module Redundancy    cssssessneeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 15  Pisure 3 14  Optional Components uon eosque Nedens a e EA a NE A 15  Paste  5 15  Install ACV E aa e T E E aE E 16  Figure 3 16  Successful Installation secscsccessscceccecscestesnoss casecdeacsessadsessscdnan nabs cadesdaecaecasiieevenscedecees 17  Figure 3 17  Input IP and Controller Password                             eese 17  Figure 3 18  Installing Active CPI                     ME 18  Figure 3 19  Successful Installation ito a Mov Hb a b Haeo detto RH EPA Pee EUER  19  Figure 5 20  85 252  Terminal Sereen D ososcsedeRsdu diste teut vendes f ecunetiest neget oltsesestut ve dues Deut aus 21  Fedre 5 21  RS 252 Terminal Screen   D   seeeacco diseno aposto de oett soo rt altes uta Ue octets os 21  Figure 4 1  Configuration Client Shortcut on Windows Desktop                           eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 2  Figure 4 2  Configuration Client Shortcut on Windows Startup Menu                            ssseeese 3  Figure 4 5  ConBipur  ation     Hent WIDOONW   4 soetditend tei ta e rbi tette beu a uU beu tavi et 3  Figure 4 4 Add HOSC COMMA Licet ord tem aset tt Mp Dietro Utantwtetesetebastmanetacdtexeneteatpatandeats 4  Figure 4 5  Input Root Agent Dialog BOX  eei te EI eR vB es omui tu a uen aedi 4  Pistte 4 6  Connect    Oman S tees ect cesis teneam qva cea ertum A DUM Ves ed 4  Pisure4 7 Connect Commands 0c ono red eo xd omen exeat ace devi TOOTO 5  Figure 4 5  Access Rights  Selection BOX ion eee endo si e
236. reate button next to    the Root Agent pull down list to open an Add Monitor  Controller window   See Figure 4 17  The same command can  also be activated by right clicking on the agent list under  Current Value section   See Figure 4 18     Root Agent Configuration    Chapter 4  Configuration Client Options    Module Config   Plugin   Create Plugin      Module Mame RootAgent Setting    Administrator passweord Kkkk  Guest password    Current valde severity   oat IP 1   ANTA                 9188    Bamps GRAB  AgetPS     md      Figure 4 17  Agent List under Root Agent Setting         Agent IP 1 132 158   Agent IP 2 192 166      Agent IP 3 168  Right click on the  Current Value    Agent IP 4       Figure 4 18  Agent List Right click Menu         Step 3  Enter the IP address of the array you wish the Root Agent to  manage  Click OK to complete the process  An example is  shown in Figure 4 19     Add Monitor Controller E  i  Agent IP           Figure 4 19  Adding RAID Agent IP           4 3 3 Root Agent Log Settings    Following are the methods used to keep an administrator constantly  notified of the status of managed arrays  As shown in Figure 4 20  when  properly configured  the Root Agent Log allows an administrator to  receive event logs for all managed arrays for every preset time period     To configure the Root Agent Log settings     ie   y Step 1  Enable the function by double clicking the Current Value field in  the Status field     Root Agent Configuration 4 11    RAI
237. rmation  An Information login can only access the first level   Information     e Maintenance  A Maintenance  user  login can access the second  level  the Maintenance tasks     e Configuration  The Configuration  administrator  login has  access rights to all three levels  Configuration  Maintenance  and  Information     We    v  NOTE     The default password for Information categories is 1234     Passwords for access levels can be set in the Configuration category  under the  Configuration Parameters   Password  settings  Please  refer to Section 7 5     Featured Highlights 1 9    RAIDWatch User s Manual    1 3    Conceptual Foundation    In order for RAIDWatch to function properly  different software modules  must be correctly installed on different servers and stations in a given LAN  or WAN  If you follow the default installation during the installation  process  RAIDWatch will be installed as a centralized management tool into  your system     1 3 4 Centralized Management  Agent based   Installation    1  RAIDWatch communicates with a RAID subsystem either using the  firmware embedded RAID agents or agents manually installed onto  a RAID attached server  Assuming that a given network has multiple  RAID systems  RAIDWatch can communicate with RAID arrays  through the RAID agents installed on the servers or on the RAID  subsystems     2  A server is chosen as the main management server  When  RAIDWatch is installed onto this server using the first installation  scheme  tw
238. rmation Default password is  1234      It is recommended to configure passwords for the first two access levels at    the first time you successfully connect to an array  Information users can  monitor array status and see event messages  A user logging for  Maintenance access can perform maintenance jobs onto configured arrays   and a user logging in using the Configuration login has full access to  create  modify  or delete all related array configurations     Note that some RAID subsystem controllers may have been configured with  a password using terminal or LCD keypad utilities  This preset password  can be used for a  Configuration  login  However  the password can be  changed using    Configuration Parameters  window in RAIDWatch   s main  program  See Chapter 7 for the description of password setup     6 5 Look and Feel    6 5 1 Look and Feel Overview    Because RAIDWatch Manager is a Java based GUI program  it  accommodates the    look and feel    standards of various Operating Systems   At present  the Windows interface appearance is supported     RAIDWatch Manager will auto detect and configure to match the OS where  it is currently running     In the event of a compatibility problem or under an unknown OS or OS  versions  the program will default to the Java look and feel     Just like other GUI based applications  the RAIDWatch Manager works  entirely with windows  buttons  and menus to facilitate various disk array  operations  These windows follow the standard 
239. rnet switches   routers  and so forth  between the host and the subsystem must also  be configured to accept Jumbo frames     Host side  Drive side  and Disk Array Parameters    7 19    RAIDWatch User s Manual    Disk Array Parameters    8 RAO Watch       Seven Languages Wireless Hels  ATA RIT 24 1 Array  192 164 25S  ten Aras Comma    lis A24F R2224 1 Array  102 188 4 2 1  3 x  2 Configuration Parameters     LJ infsemason        389  Ecnelngcen view Communication  Contrmllin   System   Password  Threshold   Fiedumibant  Triggui   Horstaside   Erie addu   Diak  ama          Tasks Under Process Febuild Prante Liew      am       Logical Dra infnrmataon       _ Wnts Vey an Nnrmal   S ARE Phnahied 4  T Logical Valume Infecmasion  e Fibre Channel Satua Wied Verify en LO Fnebeulka Disstiedi zt  a Siam fone Virta Weri on LO infiaigatan Lnd dac    ITI Siaizsica    Maximum Cei Response Timeout Lir mida       amp  Maintenance    Lagical Drives AN Opbmizeion Made    iL Physieal Divas  Emm Ta  uk   cnedulot     Qe Configuration   e cuer meon   E cream Logical Deve  Er Baig Lopes Drives   B  create Logical volume  iP Malia Logical plures     ae Channel          co  bisai LUM Mapping  z    Seemdy        hype Tre Por eta        T E Fao QE TRAE HOTE Conirslr BEU Fuy Charged  i siet A        au i Ej ZIEG CE 24  E HEC HOE  Crider Ds Pis JE Vnde Policy Here  lol AS  2 i J 2006 05 25 07 3447 ID JOSOTAUT Logical volume MOTKE  Starting Creation  siot A   a il   InxE 05 25 OT 34 47 I OAT boyca atur
240. s etcuntete tette dee ie ide cea eet tegula d eias xiv  Part 2  Using RAIDWatch for System Management               cessere xv  Pa  rtorsystemt MOn ONIN E aedes cesi t beate e ti eius dd asi der Po ie oput ei idees xvi  APDE COS oci duit edes A T E E E E E E EER xvi  Usage CONVE ONS orina A E nae T ASA O A opp eis ane etg xvii    CHAPTER 1 OVERVIEW    TL  RAIDWATCHOVERYIEW sisssesssds ceoscsctancsscasendetistasesscdigsnscdvavcasias coveqeetaneseusieieecoctaus 1 2  1 1 1 Produot Des CLIO ON Ss iv Oe arva ol dp ERU rede EN oh ee lea 1 2  1 1 2 TOU RP LILAC GAP ete m Cid M Mtm tM E mE 1 2   1 2  FEATURED HIGHLIGHTS     ies i3 eho Pesto esas oen o EE eR FEN Naaa 1 3  1 2 4 Graphical User Interface  GUI        cccccccccccccccsseeescecceeteaaeeesececeeeaaaaaseeeeeeeeeeaaaes 1 3  1 2 2 ENCLOSIFO VIEW sotto uS NUR vetu ui wt d Pen ais ts 1 4  1 2 3 Powerful Event Notification Function                 eese eene 1 4  1 2 4 Java based Remote Management               eese eene 1 5  1 2 4 1 Mode One  Centralized Management                 eese 1 5  1 2 4 2 Mode Two  Stand alone  on Host                 sese eene 1 6  1 2 4 3 Mode Three  Stand alone  on Subsystems                   eese 1 6  PL AAAS REGUIT EMMENIS EEEE tie Lotestelitide amate du ue redimi i eds 1 6    we MultisEonpuage SUD VON atit i EE EA AE O ETE 1 9  1 2 6 Password T TOCH OT Gsecetusidtescetestut tie utedtiizide ute tuti de ubeuteic tides 1 9   1 5     CONCEPTUAL FOUNDA TION sscissdssssensceasestoaniasesvensensuscnussns
241. s sence E 3  Figure 725  The Controller Pages oes mace a a omi pa tuto a Rua aU cc iut amat cidit 4  Feme 7 4  Mie Sys tenia e astcsaucstog tidie tis ted a caisson tea pd liu UR tuac caduca Do dud Tiu DF R ar ded 6  Figure 7 5   The Question  Wi OW sitos cada tutes iut qo acea etude DO ERE OD Up esa du amv es Mv me opc utu Gau eo Da 8  Fiare 7 65 The Password  PdBQuaiessteim iter a nU Dt Ru DTI a emu xU IN MR RU CI rM vaaetateasts 9  igure 7 75 The Threshold Pages roor nna ato egui cio devi euo auc evi si oo  ui aas Vett tg oo eode 10  Figure 7 8  The Threshold Configuration Prompt Window                       essen 10  Figure 7 9  The Redundant Page otiose rto et ves abba oma rito uon dur bat dordd M edo eoe 11  Picure 7 10  The Tre cer Piterio T T OO TORRE 13  Fie  re 7 11  The Host side Parameters Pace op sere AEA AERE AAA eeu  14  Fieure 7 12  The Other Page Tor 15C SI Models nernoiiiiiaeiet e eaae etu ois ie AAEE 19  Fiore 715  The Disk Array Parameters 551i ia iei E dete mco oba belit Ni 20  Figure 8 1  Accessing Channel Configuration Window                         eeeeeeeeeseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeennnnns 2  Figure 8 2  Selecting a Channel  Fibre  FHIOSC    iei eee ente te ree Fate eee pe eee a rues eee dete 3  Figure 8 3  Selecting a Host Channel  SCSI Host              esseeseeesseeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeseereeeeeeeees 3  Figure 8 4  Selecting a Drive Channel  EonRAID 2510FS                        eese 4  Lieure o 5 1D Pool Meni ei up eb Ee REI peto Op du et IEE TTE AE
242. sed from a remote  station running a web browser  RAIDWatch now runs in  Java Applet mode  Applet is executed when the  connection is established between a remote browser and  the RAID subsystem  Web browsers  which are often  equipped with Java virtual machines  can interpret applets  from web servers     The controller firmware has an embedded HTTP server   Once properly configured  the controller subsystem s  Ethernet port behaves like an HTTP server     Conceptual Foundation    Chapter 2  RAIDWatch Considerations    Before you begin installing RAIDWatch  the following items should be  considered       Background Information     Section 2 1 on Page 2 2     Definition of Terms     Section 2 2 on Page 2 2     Operating with Spare Drives     Section 2 3 on Page 2 3     Operating without Spare Drives     Section 2 4 on Page 2 3      Before You Start     Section 2 5 on Page 2 4    Background Information 2      RAID Watch User s Manual    2 1 Background Information    Redundant Arrays of Independent Disks  RAID  is a storage technology  used to improve the processing capability of storage systems  This  technology is designed to provide reliability  1 e      fault tolerance   in  disk array systems and to take advantage of the performance gains  multiple disks can offer     RAID comes with a redundancy feature that ensures fault tolerant   uninterrupted disk storage operations  In the event of a disk failure  disk  access will still continue normally with the failure transparent
243. sing the Expand LV Command Page                   eeeeessssssssseseeeeeeee nnn 9 23  9 3 4 Deleg Qu EV se c ate m eacus D ae maa an baad NIE EOD eum ita reci uvas 9 24  9 4  PARTITIONING A LOGICAL CONFIGURATION                esee e eee eee een sooo eese en osse esee no 9 25  9 4 1 CDV CIV CW aceite rsa ees sine Ree a wk Ea aoe           9 25  9 4 2 Partitioning e LORCA DEVE ien td oe a tS cod ie pdtmkede dau eds 9 26  9 4 5 Partitioning a Logical VOlume succes suc uS e EE n era ocean 9 27  9 5    PHYSICAL DRIVE MAINTENANCE iiisics  Esen  es eek e eeu scssgsanscabecensaccedessdisteoesoseecassiees 9 29  9 5 1 REGAU WIC TOSS iaiia E EE EEN E 9 29    CHAPTER 10 LUN MAPPING    10 1  ACCESSING THE LUN  MAP TABLE sssscssssscssnasesssdeossuceseaseesscsoausasvsversocsssavecsensseese 10 2  10 23    P RET oCR                      10 3  102A  Mapping a Complete LD  Or LV  ee o a DR E TENE RI IMS 10 3  10 2 2  Map a Logical Drive or Volume Partition to a Host LUN                             10 4  T0252 Delenne a Host LUN  MAPPINE i eU t D ME EP E e S 10 5  10 2 4  LUN Mapping Access Control over iSCSI Initiator Settings                         10 5  CHAPTER 11 SYSTEM MONITORING AND MANAGEMENT   11 1  RAID INFORMATION  scisccsscssccnsssciccsancecedsonaussssssncondsssascascasdssuessasscnavanaddecsvescseaseace 11 2  PEAT Theljorma l ON CALC COTY iaaii A Ae E E AEEA 11 2  HAS ADI CCN LINC C 11 3  LIO  CEHCIOSHPEO VICW TiTa aE AE tonto fte os bestet edet de tai fat t RARO Lu ture didt 11 4  I
244. sseaccavoastssvesesaucsvesnensessse 1 10  Tad Centralized Management  Agent based  Installation                                     1 10  159 2 Stand alone  on Host  Installation                 eese nennen 1 11  1 3 3 Stand alone  on Subsystem  Installation                        eese 1 11    CHAPTER 2 RAIDWATCH CONSIDERATIONS    2 1 BACKGROUND INFORMATION       sessesssossessessesssossessesssossossessesosoosessessesssoosessessesssosso 2 2  2 2 DEFINITION OF TERMS iion eese eoe e ee eure eoe uo Page eere dou aua oue Ee ease aces Fo oe eden alvo Ua Pr NEUVE 2 2  2 3 OPERATING WITH SPARE DRIVES        ccccccsssccssscccsccccsccccsccccsccccssccccsccccsccccsccccseccsees 2 3  2 4 OPERATING WITHOUT SPARE DRIVES          ccsssccssscccsscccscccccccccccccccsccccscccccscccccceees 2 3  25 BEFORE YOU START 215 acccdssedcccacccecscdssudeccsscedsscderccvasscecucsedotudsesnckedusedetedsvcscucssscaeee 2 4    CHAPTER 3 INSTALLATION    SL  SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS i15ioito t nes iste ua oa baie ses Eel Uis Uh de aa 3 2  3 1 1 Server Running RAID W UCh esiet see NEEE o Ue ra eoe ou q etu x Casi dU Ded aea 3 2  ofa Local Client Running RAIDWatch Manager                    eese 3 2   32  RAID CIAR anoanoia noe pite asi oettet ista sitae esie 3 3   FAUNA Sata cacao been reas apes Mic cub ez uua LAN E 3 3  hp c                                                 H   3 3  hs oT dcc once noo 3 4   3 3 PLATFORM REQUIREMENTS  5  ea nao apo e res S ape o gu a eopRI ENSE CU an Ove TEE NEN FREE Nae ER NR EROR ERR 
245. stallation    password is not available  you may reboot from an installation CD and find  the menu item for    Password Reset      e NOTE     You may temporarily disconnect your Mac machine from the network during  the time you use the root account to complete specific configuration task   Unauthorized access during the time can cause problems to your OS     Remember to re connect the cabling after RAIDWatch installation     To enable the root access     Q Step 1  Login in on the Admin account        Qi Step 2  Locate the GO menu from Mac OS X s finder menu bar   access the  Utilities  folder to start the    NetInfo Manager   application       Finder File Edit View  fe  Window Help  Back  Forward  Enclosing Folder      Computer  i Home   F   Network     iDisk       Applications    Utilities    Recent Folders    Go to Folder     Connect to Server    35K       Figure 3 5  Accessing the  Utilities  Folder    RAIDWatch User s Manual    DODOS   _    Utilities EEEE     lt  gt  CEEDED Q manen  Sm  i j   y  A Network   E  nm kK 1 S  E PPAR Disk Utility Grab Grapher  mE Desktop              J  M d root Y    Installer Java Keychain Access        JAg Applications 1   T        e      4  Migration Assistant Network Utility               G       ODBC Administrator Printer Setup Utility System Profiler              X ai    1 of 23 selected  143 18 GB available    Figure 3 6  The  Netlnfo Manager    in the Utilities Sub folder    Qi Step 3  Click on the    Lock    icon on the lower left of t
246. sting Logical  Drives window are        This window also uses a parallel display and the up then down  principle  To start configuring an existing array  select a configured  array from the LD list above  Locations of its members are  automatically displayed  and then the available functions are  displayed in the Functions window       This window contains three edit commands that can be triggered by  right clicking your mouse button     The Configuration Category 6 25    RAIDWatch User s Manual    Logical Drives      ID          RAID Level  Non Raid    Size  MB  Status LD Name   1600 Good ILd 1    a E CONNECT j  View Logical Drive        amp  3F744216  LA3EDBBSAS     Edit Partition    Click to select   Delete Logical Drive fst above     Front View Functions    RAID   JBOD ChI 0 1D 16    JBOD ChI 0 1D 32    Properties   Add Disk   Expana     LD Assignment   Primary Controter      Name  Ld2   Write Policy  Peat         Apply         Figure 6 29  Existing Logical Drives Window    6 8 4 Create Logical Volume Window    This window uses the same operation flow as that applied in the Create  Logical Drive window     6 8 5 Existing Logical Volumes Window    This window uses the same operation flow as that applied in the Existing  Logical Volumes window     NOTE     This window also contains Edit mode commands that are only  accessible by a mouse right click     6 8 6 Channel Window    The Channel window allows you to change host or drive port data rate   channel mode  EonRAID 2510FS
247. structions below to set the proper settings for the in   band protocol to work      7 Step 1  First select the    Peripheral Device Type  submenu and then    select    Enclosure Services Devices  lt Type 0xd gt          amp  Main Menu  gt   Quick installation    uiew and edit Logical drives    view  view  view  view                 Maximum Queued I O Count     256  LUNs per Host SCSI ID      amp   Max Humber of Concurrent Host LUM Connection     Def  4 gt     Mo Device Present   Type 6x7f  gt   Direct accesz Device  Type  gt   Seqguential access Device  Type 1 gt   Processor Device   Type 3 gt    CD ROM Device   Type 5 gt    Scanner Device  Type 6 gt    HO Device  Type 7 gt    Storage Array Controller Device  amp Tupe Hxc    Enclosure Services Device   Type   xd gt     Unknown Device   Type 6x1f  gt           Figure 3 20  RS 232 Terminal Screen  I        Step 2  Select    LUN Applicability   Undefined LUN 0s Only  option      amp  Main Menu    Quick installation    uiew and edit Logical drives    vien  uiew 256       Maximum Queued I4 O Count      LUNs per Host SCSI ID   8  Max Humber of Concurrent Host LUM Connection     Def   4 gt     ETFI Number of Tags Reserved for each Host LUH Connection     Def  32 gt   Peripheral Device Type Parameters  H    G Peripheral Device Type     Mo Device Present  amp Tupe HWx  f    Peripheral Device Qualifier     Connected    Driv  Device Supports Removable Media   Disabled  ees  LUN Applicability     Undefined LUN     s Onl    Cont          
248. sures     The Logical Drive information is designed for today s complicated  configurations of RAID arrays  The information window helps to achieve  the following       Having a clear idea of the logical relationship can help avoid  removing the wrong drive in the event of drive failure  A logical    Logical Drive Information 11 8    Chapter 11  System Monitoring and Management    drive  RAID  configuration of disk drives cannot afford two failed  disk drives       A logical drive may include members that reside on different  enclosures or different drive channels  Doing so can help reduce the  chance of downtime if a hardware failure should occur       With operations such as manual rebuild or capacity expansion using  the    Copy and Replace  methodology  it is crucial to correctly  identify an original member  source drive  and a replacement drive     11 2 1 Accessing Logical Drive Information    o  S    9 Step 1  To access the Logical Drive Information  single click its display  icon on the GUI navigation panel or select the command from the  Action command menu  After opening the information window   select the logical drive with a single mouse click  A display    window as shown in Figure 11 8 should appear     Logical Drive Status      RAID Level LD Name  Non Raid  IRAID 3          Front View      RAID   JBOD ChI 0 1D 16   JBOD ChI 0 1D 32   Partition s  of LD  3EDBBSA5                    Description    3F744215  2004 02 05 n 0 20 10 Regenerate Parity Start  SF744216  
249. t     The enclosure window also appears in other configuration windows showing  the logical relationship between the member drives of a logical  configuration  Drives belonging to the same logical drive will be displayed  in the same color  This allows you to easily identify members of different  configurations  To see a cascaded enclosure  single click on the    JBOD    tab  on top of the enclosure graphic     1 2 3 Powerful Event Notification Function  18  xl                   K   Module Contig   Plugin   Create Plugin    2  2 123 D 568 Module Name         Root amp gent Setting m        Root amp gent Setting    Administrator passw Coe  log    Guest password              Ica  MSN messenger  Short Message Service    Aw    Agent IP 1 192 168 199 238       Ei       Figure 0 2  Event Notification Function    RAIDWatch can notify system administrators of event occurrences and  status changes in the RAID system  Event Notification is managed by a    1 4 Featured Highlights    Chapter 1  Introduction    RAIDWatch   s sub module  Configuration Client  that is installed onto a  management station and runs independently from the main manager  program  Notifications can be sent via the Internet as email messages  via a  local network as a broadcast message  SNMP traps  MSN messenger  SMS  short message  or via fax modem as fax messages without location  constraints  To setup the event notification options  please refer to Chapter    4 in this manual     1 2 4 Java based Remote Manageme
250. t lever e EON ud nasa cR N UP CE dn 6 1   6 5 2 SCREEN ECON Se  i a RUE Wa IMEEM E LE IE 6 12  6 5 3 Command Menus ear eR REDE E AED DEM irs NEM Um Ld 6 12  6 5 4 Outer Shell C OmHiqids v ER RE B UI INE MET E ES EI Md 6 13  6 5 5 Management Window Commands              eee nennen nennen 6 14  6 06  THE INFORMATION CATEGORY    iscssssessnessscssonsstaseascnnssssesgnapsasconcnesassiaeeeaassssoesncass 6 15  6 6 1 Enclosure  View MWundOWiou weite as dx od ie A EAN 6 15  6 6 2 Tasks Onder Process Window evasisse eO Reiser ate D RE Deme depen 6 16  6 6 3 Logical Drive Information Window                  eee eene 6 16  6 6 4 Logical Volume Information Window                      eene 6 17  6 6 5 Fibre Channel Status  WINGOW us eese extre usus e edunt etes dne dise pet eus 6 17  6 6 6 System Information WING OW a i eii oeei a ir sa eso due uude ee end ERER 6 18  6 6 7 OUSUS WINGO OW  EEEE ORE E EEE OEE 6 18  Cache Duty  0 ustedes iuvit etae adelio eate A E ru bond tab etd beue m d aban 6 19   Disk Read Write Performance  MB S Jetissin ierti rti e ER por Hoe e vd NUR dd vea eed 6 19   6 7  THE MAINTENANCE CATEGORY    cipes exe SYN R PERS NES E RRESUEY RS URS ERE NS UR SERERE RN aaar aani 6 19  6 7 1 Logical Drives Maintenance Window             essere 6 20  6 7 2 Physical Drives Maintenance Window                  essen 6 21  6 7 3 Task Schedules Maintenance Window                     eese 6 23  6 5  THE CONFIGURATION CATEGORY     visccs buses as Roue ese baa aun PUn a S PAVESE PER a 
251. tact Infortrend for the complete list of compatible GSM    modems     Receiver Side  To set a cell phone to receive notification messages     ai E      Step 1  Open the Module Configuration page  Use the Module Name  pull down menu to select SMS Message Service         Module Config   Plucin                                Module Name Short Message Service  Current Value  Disable a  Severity 1  COM port 1  Pin Code es  Send period 5000  Retry times 3  Es  av   l    Figure 4 42  Selecting SMS Notification    tiny     9 Step 2  To create a new SMS notification  click the Create button on the  top right of the screen or right click on the lower half of the  configuration screen to display the Add SMS Recipient dialog    box     Module Config   Plugin   Create Plugin      Module Name Short Message Service Ba cal    Disable                            Severity       Figure 4 43  Adding SMS Notification    ots     Step 3  Enter the Cell Phone Number of the contact who will receive    event messages     wl Add SMS receiver X   Cell Phone Number m zl    Severity  am    Figure 4 44  Add SMS Receiver Dialog Box        NH    Step 4  Select the severity level of events to be sent to the receiver            Event Notification Settings 4 25    RAIDWatch User s Manual    4 26    Step 5  Repeat this process to add more receivers     Sender Side    From the Module Config window     Q Step 1  Find the SMS settings from the pull down list     Q Step 2  Click on the On Off switch beside the pull d
252. tegory    Chapter 6  Basic Operations    Front View window and then set the conditions in the  Functions window  Click Apply to start the action     6 7 3 Task Schedules Maintenance Window    When the Physical Drives maintenance window is opened  the screen  shown in Figure 6 26 should appear     Task Schedules    np     me    ie       ebd     iD    ry MedisScan 20M 0416 17 08 Execubon Gros    Configure Task Schedule       RAID      SEistTime  lut B04 S 0E Phi a    Execute on Controller Intiehrstion  E Execute bedia Scan on al destination elemanbz concurrertiy    Meda Scan deslinsli  n brpa tected Slat      Fragile  Lee i    Period  E  ecutien   ncg              Figure 6 26  Task Schedules Window    To begin using the Task Schedule functionality  right click to display the  Add New Schedule Task command     There are two  2  sub windows in the Task Schedules maintenance mode  window       The Task Schedules window displays previously configured  schedules that are now being held in NVRAM        The Configure Task Schedule window allows you to select a hard  drive or logical drive to perform a scheduled task on  A selected drive  or logical drive is highlighted by bright blue lines and its related  configuration options are displayed on the selection boxes on the  right of the screen        The Apply button allows you to complete the process and add the  schedule     6 8 The Configuration Category    The Configuration category contains functional windows that allow you to  cre
253. tep 4     Q Step 5     Physical Drive Maintenance    Read Write Test    Functions      CopyandReplace   Clone   Reserved Space      Media Scan   intai    Identify Drive     Read  Write Test       Selected Drive Slot   11             9 Read Only Test     Readi Write Test    Error Occurrence  No Action    Recovery Process  No Recovery    Apply       The Physical Drive Maintenance Window    To access the Read Write Test maintenance option  select the  Physical Drives icon from the functional navigation panel on  the left of the RAIDWatch screen     Select a new drive from the Front View window  A used drive   one that previously included in a logical configuration  can  also be tested with the precondition that its reserved space needs  to be manually removed     Select Read Write Test  Functions window     from the tabbed menus in the    Verify listed drive slot number  Select the Test type as either  Read only or Read Write test     related to the  Read Write test  Error Occurrence and Recovery Process     There are two configurable parameters    Use the pull down menu to configure a preferable test  condition  The configurable options are listed below     Error Occurrence  This item specifies firmware s reactions if  any errors should be found during the Read Write test  Options  are  No Action  Abort on Any Error  Abort on Hardware Errors     Note that the definitions of drive errors are determined by the  interface type  For SATA disk drives  errors are interpreted    accor
254. terogeneous                        esee 7  Typical RAIDWatch Connection     Applet Mode                 ccccccccceeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseees 8    Figure 1 6  Typical RAIDWatch Connection     Applet Mode                           eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 8  Fieure    1  Product  Utthty CD Initial Sere Gigi uei te aee e e a oe ear tete d e ies 6  Figure 5 2 The Platform W 1ndOw sss otto Un eet easi ice nae lest he ale all tc  6  Figure 3 3  File Manager Window in Solaris Platform                              eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeel 8  bieure 3 4  Tbe Run WANG OW aveces ya i S RERUM EE RERO SUME eeu Cen ane istos N ease 8  Figure 3 5  Accessing the    Applications    Folder    ccccccsccssssscceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 9  Figure 3 6  The  NetInfo Manager  in the Utilities Sub folder                               eeeeeeeseeseess 10  Figure 3 7  The    Lock    Icon and Security Option sssrini reenn ee EEN 10  Figure 2 5  Che    Installs relay  at UC OBsoi estis os Pes auge stH dotes sudes Cus ood S Seve ous cue o led  11  Figure 3 9  Welcome to the Install Shield Window       esseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeee 12  Ereute 5 10  License ee O ree meat 0 co aet Ehe cece  canvas epa HON uestis cuc se deus cuo ae 12  Figure 5 11  Choose an Installation MO obses omatus a rue pOMis uos eM oa cUpe Mise on Vu druUUOE 13  Figure 5 12  Advanced  Installation Opon Sostiens Lege bona aeuo oda l epa aa t epa Eee bx aeos 14  Figure 3 13  Choice of Softwa
255. the Host LUN Mapping Window                  eeeeeeeeeeeerrrnmm eene 2  Figure 10 2  Selecting the Host Channel ID Number                          eeeeeeeeeeeseseeeeeeeeeenrereereeene 3  Figure 10 5  EUN Map  Sette  WABdONW  sucede ee a Huc enc  MUsgGs nS tates RUOTE UE uode 3  Figure 10 4  LUN Map Setting Window  Single Partition    4  Fieure TO 5  Select  Add New LUN  f0 HOSE  teen o ente tenete tibus e ie e nage tee es npe a ee eques 4  Figure 10 67 Delete EUN  CODmIADQ su stedesiesa isto niae e T iE ace osa cs dente nca e eut ese RE acm ewe Ee 5  Figure 10 7  Host LUN Mapping Window  iSCSI Models                         esee 6    xli    RAIDWatch User s Manual    E1eure  1028  iSCSI Initiator MeTUE   iioii idee itecto Peso ie toties ve toes pa Decem aeo o tips to bees aE 6  Figure 11 1  Selecting Information Windows                     eeeeseeeeeeesseeeseeeee eene nennen nnne 2  Figure 11 2  Selecting Information Windows                    eeeeeeseseeseeeesesseeee eene 3  Figure 11 3  Displaying Enclosure Device Information                          eeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeennrrer 4  E1eure  11 4  Tasks Currently Being Processed oir eeen enee ioter eerte teta 5  Figure 11 5  Event Log List and Configuration List Window Tabbed Panel                              5  Figure  11 6  Event View Opton WCHIGOM a cstestus sessed Pet Eben ae onec ot mede ass onto aptus UU ee Eu toD Mu es ante 7  FIigeure L1 7     ontis  raton List WADOOW uerges i tibt Dio E Rut petu a usu p xU Ia MN R
256. the RAID controller unit  which is the main    processing    unit of a RAID subsystem  The configuration window contains    two sub windows     Caching    and    Controller Parameters   To configure the    controller s caching behaviors  select an appropriate value from each of the    pull down menus  as shown in Figure 7 3     Configuration Parameters    Communication Controller   System   Password   Threshold   Redun                                                                               aching Parameters    Write Back Cache   Enatied w    Optimization  Random  i a    Sync Period  Sec   continuous w         ortroller Parameters    Controller Name  BJA    Unique Identifiernr HEX    Not Defined    Time   onecohiTy   onion x   Date Time  2004 1 0 05 14 11 ES  SDRAM ECC   Enabled            Apply      Figure 7 3  The Controller Page    The data cache can be configured for optimal I O performance using the    following variables     Caching Parameters       Write Back Cache    7 4    Enabled  Host Writes are cached before being distributed to  hard drives  This improves write performance but requires  battery backup support to protect data integrity in case of a  power outage     Disabled  Cache Write Through  Used primarily if no cache  battery backup is installed and if there is increased likelihood of  a power failure     Default  This value is considered as a  Not specified  option  If  set to default  the subsystem s caching mode will be  automatically adjusted especi
257. tion    Nu i    Step 2  Double click on the current value under IP scan range row to  open the Auto Discovery dialog box   See Figure 4 46     Ml Auto Discovery   X   IP Range Fram   321 58 5 0  to   32 158 5 254    f 32 158 5 0 182 158 5 254 3    Expand   hadify   Delete   Cancel   Finish         Figure 4 46  Auto Discovery Dialog Box      9 Step 3  Enter a set of IP range that you want the system to detect in the  IP range dialog box     e NOTE     You may modify an existing IP range by clicking the Modify button or  delete an existing IP range by clicking the Delete button  Click on the  Cancel button to cancel any action you made in the Auto Discovery  dialog box and return to the Auto Discovery main screen     Nu i     yj Step 4  Click the Expand button to add the new IP range into a preset  list       et    9 Step 5  Click Finish button to close this dialog box and return to the  Auto Discovery option main screen                 yj Step 6  Double click on the current value under Rescan time row to  modify a time frame in minute that you like the system to scan    the network     e NOTE     The default rescan time is set to 0 minute that indicates the system will  scan the network only when Configuration Client is starting up  The  Auto Discovery option will be turned off after the first scan     Q    Auto Discovery 4 27     RAIDWatch User s Manual    4 28    Step 7  You may turn on and off this option by double click on current  value under Status row  see Figure 4 47  
258. tion    eel  7F5rED   Ie 1 CB42D13       Fibre Channel Status           g  System Information               Ji  Statistics a z      Member Logical Drive s     E Maintenance     E Logical Drives M ID  68EC876B  Size  76058MB  NRAID       Partition s  of LV  1869F0A4  iss Physical Drives        E Task Schedules PO      IA Configuration        E  Create Logical Drive   Ep Existing Logical Drives  iE Create Logical Volume                     Related Information  P Existing Logical Volumes  fia Channel Description        68EC876B  2004 1 016 10 13 01  LG 1 NOTICE  CHL 2 ID 37 Starting Media Scan  Primary in slot 4   cox HostLUN Mapping        68EC8765  2004 016 10 15 23 G1 NOTICE  Media Scan of CHL 2 ID 37 Completed  Primary in slot 4           L  m i nnfiniiratian Paramatarc i    Figure 6 19  Logical Volume Information    6 6 5 Fibre Channel Status Window    The Fibre Channel Status window  shown in Figure 6 20  displays  information on the Fibre host channel ID  connection speed  host side  connection protocols  topology   link status  WWPN port name and WWNN  node name  loop IDs  and Fibre Channel address  The corresponding icon  turns gray and is disabled if RAIDWatch operates with a SCSI or iSCSI host  subsystem  This information is useful when configuring a subsystem for a  heterogeneous environment such as a storage network operating with  multiple hosts and applications     A Enclosure View A   E a  Tasks Under Process    Fibre Channels         Logical Drive Information Ch
259. tions can be performed on configured arrays in the Existing Logical  Drives window  The window is accessible from the command in the Action menu  or RAIDWatch   s navigation panel on the left of the GUI screen     WiRAIDWatch    System Language Window Help             De AQSF G142 Array  192 166 199 253     System   Action      Information    FOCE SS    Maintenance  hfarmatian Logical Drives    Guick Installation                    Existing Logical Drives    tee el mem    reaterereiearx mme             System Infarn  Statistics Existing Logical Volumes    aiiz   Channel  ex  gt   Maintenance lect a logical di      x Host LUN Mapping  H Configuration   e d Configuration Parameters Vi ew         Quick InstallatTar       RAID          Figure 9 3  Accessing the Existing Logical Drives Window    After the Existing Logical Drives window is opened  the LDs that have been  created will appear in the Logical Drives panel     Logical Drive Management    9 7    RAIDWatch User s Manual    Logical Drives       m   RADLevel Size  MB  Stripe Size  KB    Status    ee     E EN    E372E1C817        RAID6    128    4 amp  5A1AIE15          Clickto select a logical drive from the list above     Front View   Functions    RAID   Properties   Add Disk   Expand   Migrate Logical Drives      Write Policy   Default v    Name       Apply         Figure 9 4  List of LDs    From the list shown in Figure 9 4  select the LD for which you wish to change its  characteristics or configure  Once this LD has be
260. tly on the network   s servers  server power is utilized for  applications rather than for data passing     App 9    RAID Watch User s Manual       App 10    SASL    SCSI    S E S     SASL is the Simple Authentication and Security Layer  a  mechanism for identifying and authenticating a user login to a  server and for providing negotiating protection with protocol  interactions     Small Computer Systems Interface  pronounced  scuzzy       a  high speed interface for mass storage that can connect computer  devices such as hard drives  CD ROM drives  floppy drives  and  tape drives  SCSI can connect up to sixteen devices     SCSI Enclosure Services is a protocol used to manage and sense  the state of the power supplies  cooling devices  temperature  sensors  individual drives  and other non SCSI elements installed in  a Fibre Channel JBOD enclosure     S M A R T     SMS    Spare    Stripe    Self Monitoring  Analysis and Reporting Technology     an open  standard for developing disk drives and software systems that  automatically monitor a disk drive   s health and report potential  problems  Ideally  this should allow users to take proactive actions  to prevent impending disk crashes     The Short Message Service  SMS  is the ability to send and receive  text messages to and from mobile telephones  SMS was created and  incorporated into the Global System for Mobiles  GSM  digital  standard     Spares are defined as dedicated  Local  or Global  A drive  designation used in RAI
261. to change the I O channel operating mode  The channel  mode selections can be  host  drive  RCC  drive  RCC     Default Data Rate  Should only be applied with limitations on current  configuration  e g   when optical cables and adapters are running on  different wavelengths     The ID page allows you to add or remove IDs by selecting or deselecting ID  boxes     Channel      Channel 0  Host  Fibre  Speed     Channel 1  Host  Fibre  Speed     Channel 2  Drive  Fibre  Speed  2 GHz   Channel 3  Drive  Fibre  Speed      Channel 4  Drive  SATA  Speed  1 5 GHz   Channel 5  Drive  SATA  Speed  1 5 GHz   Channel 6  Drive  SATA  Speed  1 5 GHz   Channel    Drive  SATA  Speed  1 5 GHz   Channel 8  Drive  SATA  Speed  1 5 GHz   Channel 9  Drive  SATA  Speed  1 5 GHz   Channel 10  Drive  SATA  Speed  1 5 GHz   Channel 11  Drive  SATA  Speed  1 5 GHz   Channel 12  Drive  SATA  Speed  1 5 GHz   Channel 13  Drive  SATA  Speed  1 5 GHz   Channel 14  Drive  SATA  Speed  1 5 GHz   Channel 15  Drive  SATA  Speed  1 5 GHz   Channel 16  Drive  SATA  Speed  1 5 GHz     Channel 1   Drive  SATA  Speed  1 5 GHz  Ch i s   zi moult      annal 19  F irizo QATA Snood  1 5  5H0o    Figure 6 31  Host Channel ID Settings       Parameters ID                                                    Be sure to click Apply for the configuration to take effect  For detail of  how to configure channels  please refer to Chapter 8 of this document           NOTE     Changing the channel mode or adding removing IDs requir
262. ts version number  and its support  for Java     3 3 Platform Requirements    3 4    RAIDWatch supports Windows 2000 2003 operating systems both for  servers  RAID management hosts or web servers  and for client management  stations  RAIDWatch Manager workstations   Support for Java  however   depends on the Java Runtime installed on each OS  Below is the platform  requirements using windows OSes     1  Under Windows 2000 2003  the Java installation program   installshield jar  ONLY supports       Netscape 4 5  or above       Microsoft Internet Explorer 4 0  or above     2  Windows Messaging  MAPI  for Windows must be enabled if support  for fax or email notification under NT is needed  Refer to your Windows  documentation for more information     3  Windows NetBEUI support for Windows must be enabled if network  broadcast support notification is needed  Refer to your Windows  documentation for more information     Platform Requirements    Chapter 3  Installation    3 4 Software Setup    This section discusses how to install RAIDWatch in your system  Before    proceeding with the setup procedure  read through the Before You Start    section below  The sections follow will explain how to install RAIDWatch    in different operation systems     3 4 1 Before You Start    Before starting the installation  read through the notes listed below          TCP IP must be installed and running with a valid IP address assigned to  a server  The server can either be used as a centralized ma
263. u wish to  use when creating the LD     Write Policy   Define the write policy that will be applied to this array   Default  means identical  to the subsystem   s overall setting  The overall setting can be accessed in the  Caching Parameters section of the Configuration Parameters sub window     We      NOTE     The Default option should be considered as    Not Specified     If set to  Default  the logical drive s caching behavior will be automatically  controlled by firmware  In the event of component failure or violated  temperature threshold  Write back caching will be disabled and  changed to a conservative    Write through    mode     9 6 Logical Drive Management    Chapter 9  Drive Management    9 2 2 4  Click OK to Create LD    Once the physical drives that will be used in the LD have been selected and all the  desired LD parameters have been selected     NH      Step 1  Click OK at the bottom of the LD management window     e ie  t   Step 2  A confirmation window will appear  If you are certain that you want to  create the LD with the settings you have selected  click OK       9 Step 4  If you selected OK in the Please Confirm window  the Create In  Progress content window will display the logical drive creation progress        jy Step 5  Click the Reset button to redo or abort the process  When the initialization  process begins  you can check the Tasks Under Process window to view    its progress     9 2 3 Accessing the Existing Logical Drive Window    Various func
264. uS 6 23  6 6 1 OUTCR TMS TAL AION cac e du dais to a Up Reboot Epp eaa 6 24  6 6 2 Create Logical Drive WIBdOW iu e t am TE tu tan 6 24  6 6 3 Existing Eogicat Drives  WIHdOW  a edic dt A aee tcn  6 25  6 6 4 Create Logical Volume Window                  eese 6 26  6 8 5 Existing Logical Volumes Window                eese nennen 6 26  6 8 6 Channel Wind OW quse eese E din von Mun RN EE NEGA ubm eda aue a ted 6 26  6 8 7 Host LON Mapping  Window roosie tutte oo tud dent rbebe tuned On UE RU dendo Dru edu 6 26  6 8 8 Configuration Parameters Window                   eese enne nnns 6 26  6 9  ARRANGING WINDOWS 50e a REIR SES SHE UPA ERES E PETRUM pA edsa DURER PANEM NEN RR oksaa 6 28  6 10 MULTI ARRAY MANAGEMENT ssccccscectiscsscccsscedscttaccecsesccedscssscensecccsedcessetescessccedecte 6 30    RAIDWatch User s Manual    CHAPTER 7 CONFIGURATION PARAMETERS    7 1 ACCESSING CONFIGURATION PARAMETERS OPTIONS      ssesssesssesssessscssscsssesssossoo 7 2  7 2  COMMUNICATIONS 4 32 50 22 86 9  62esDbvockecueea coo eode eeu OP cux e des us SE NER ERR e deo SUE e sese NR e Re OUS O 7 3  7 3 CONTROELER 5 5  isses esos aa E a a A OA ES 7 4  7 4 SYSTEM EE E a E O E A E a EAEE 7 6  7 5 MPA SSW ORD on a oa SAAE EREE ANERE 7 8  7 6 THRESHOLD E E E E A A i E 7 9  7 7 REDUNDANT CONTROLLER SETTINGS       esssesssesssesssesssosssosssosssosssosssosssossesssessssoo 7 11  7 8 EVENT TRIGGERED OPERATIONS       ssesssesssesssosssosssosssosssosssosssoossossssssssossossesosesos 7 13  7 9 HOST SIDE  DRIVE 
265. ua UP REO ES 3 4   34  SOFTWARE SETUP 5 ote pe Re RARE DRIN RU RUNI ME a iN i Eae 3 5  3 4 1 Before You SIYE aote tous eto ritos m nete i tsci E M  3 5  3 4 2 Installing RAIDWatch on a Windows Platform                       sees 3 5  3 4 3 Installing RAIDWatch on a Linux Platform                    cesses 3 6    1V    RAIDWatch User s Manual    3 4 4 Installing RAIDWatch on a Solaris Platform                         sees 3 7  3 4 5 Installing RAIDWatch on a Mac OS Running Safari Browser                         3 8  3 4 6 Installing RAID Watch Main Program                sees 3 12  3 4 7 Installing Software COMPONENUS vccscsiccenisecsseciarodandiaioncsdincwodetvedeoirdneasdiescocaess 3 15  3 4 6 Stand alone  on Host or Subsystem  Installation                           eese 3 17  3 5     PROGRAM UPDATES erc                                 3 20  36  IN BAND  SCS Diovisssicicscisccciccccsastoocannssovcsetecvsvereseecevcsconssteseoesasssevesuadsssesamasderseceosees 3 20  3 6 1 OVETVICW ecdesia dauid aude ua toti dn Elo E E data eeutis 3 20  3 6 2 Related Configuration on Controller Subsystem                    eese 3 21  CHAPTER 4 CONFIGURATION CLIENT OPTIONS  4 1    THE CONFIGURATION CLIENT UTILITY  iiessccseceeeeeiecevscceseee ees bvoa ccs aee u adopte o eoe eus 4 2  4 1 1 Start the Configuration Client Program                cessere 4 2  4 1 2 SOL nip UPOR OO A DOM ias de aua vct t ermita etse md MEE OM S 4 3  4 2 CONFIGURATION CLIENT USER INTERFACE          ccccccssssccccssssc
266. ure 6 34  Opening Device for Multi Array Management       Management of multiple arrays is allowed by clicking the Open Device  command under the System menu  The Exit command ends the  RAIDWatch manager session with all configured arrays  Clicking the Open  Device command and the connection wizard is followed  Multiple  management windows can be opened     6 30 Multi array Management    Chapter 7    Configuration Parameters    RAIDWatch Manager enables you to modify the configuration of the disk    array controller from your manager console  This chapter describes the    following configuration features          Accessing Configuration Parameters Options   Section 7 1 on  page 7 2    Communications     Section 7 2 on page 7 3   Controller     Section 7 3 on page 7 4   System     Section 7 4 on page 7 6   Password     Section 7 5 on page 7 8   Threshold     Section 7 6 on page 7 9   Redundant Controller Settings   Section 7 7 on page 7 11  Event Triggered Operations     Section 7 8 on page 7 13    Other   Section 7 9 on page 7 Error  Bookmark not defined     Accessing Configuration Parameters Options 7 1    RAIDWatch User s Manual    7 1 Accessing Configuration Parameters Options    To access controller configuration options  either use the Configuration  category icons on the Navigation Tree or select the Configuration  Parameters command from the command menu to open the Configuration  Parameters  The configuration window contains many options that are  directly related to 
267. ure 9 17  The Create Logical Volume  WiDOQNW uie ta teras tone tarnen tuae a 20  Figure 9 18  Accessing Existing Logical Volume Window                         esee 22  Figure 9 19  Properties command page under Functions window              ccccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeees 22  Figure 9 20  Existing Logical Volumes Window                     ccccccscccccccsseecesseessssseeeeeeeceseeeceaeenes 23  Figure 9 2 les oeical Volume Paranefers 2ieeeestesskoou E oso dup Fue co i05 qui uve uie tente 24  Figure 9 22  Displaying Logical Volume Edit Mode Menu                   cccccsseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeees 25  Fiure 9 25  The Edit Partition Commmand eresi ror E 20M oca o Esas f dup eua cos 26  Figure 9 24  The Edit Partition Command Window                         eene 26  Fietre 9 25  The Partition Size Window uas disce Seo bed tissue itus Deuce etat ue 21  Figure 9 26  The Edit Partition Command Window                         eere 2d  I19ute 9 27  The Edit Parton Command suo oe e o ae Lee o UN Oda  21  Fieure 9 25  The Edit Partition  WAnt dOW  sesia RM bec eniascet ne bitu uu 28  Figure 9 29  The  Partition Size WANG OW sci ucc Fut Ee UrE EE muet OR RUR UE UR E eeu eau ELO S Ure starten FE Ie UR aN 28  Figure 9 30  The Edit Partition  Window eco eto ete uta ER EUR eeu ER OE Ue he en oen eee icu A 28  Figure 9 31  The Physical Drive Maintenance Window                       esee 20  Figure 9 32  The Read Write Test Configuration Window                        eese 30  Figure 10 1  Select 
268. uthentication     Configuration Parameters    Communication   Controller   System   Password   Threshold   Trigger Host side   Drive side   Disk array       Maximum Queued VO Count   LUNs per Host SCSI ID     Login Authentication with CHAP   Jumbo Frames     Max Concurrent Host LUN Connection     Peripheral Device Type     Peripheral Device Qualifier   Device Supports Removable Media   LUN Applicability     Cylinder  Head  Sector         Disable v     Disabled m     Detaut  4  m         Tags Reserved per Host  LUN Connection   Defaut  32  E        rF No Device Present We     connected T       Disable m      m Undefined LUNs    adh     Detauit Variable  Variables variable  v      Apply            Figure 7 12  The Other Page for iSCSI Models      Jumbo Frames  Jumbo Frames  as specified by the IEEE 802 3  standard  improve network performance for more data can be  transmitted in one frame reducing interrupt load     The system default for this option is    disabled     If you want to  enable this option  reset the subsystem for the configuration change    to take effect        CAUTION       The default and supported frame size is 9014 bytes  All devices on  the network path must be configured with the same jumbo frame size       Configuration changes must be made in the Network Interface Card   NIC   through the configuration interface and tools provided by the  NIC manufacturer  Check with your manufacturer to verify that this  feature is supported  The network equipment  Ethe
269. ux operation systems   In RAIDWatch User   s Manual revision 2 2 c  the installation steps for  Solaris and Linux operation environments are described in Chapter 3  In  Chapter 6  new sections explain how to launch the RAIDWatch Manager in  different OSes     X1X    RAIDWatch User s Manual    XX    RAID level 6 is newly added to RAIDWatch 2 2 c  The RAID level 6  function is mentioned in Chapter 2  Chapter 9 as well as a clear description  in Appendix C     Several new RAIDWatch functions are added in 2 2 c version according to  Firmware version 3 47  Those functions are only available when firmware is  running 3 47 or above version  They are explained across Chapter 7 and  Chapter 9     May 18  2005    This manual was revised for RAIDWatch revision 2 2  RAIDWatch is now a  registered trademark of Infortrend Technology  Inc  Chapter 6 was moved  to Chapter 2 to introduce RAID and RAIDWatch considerations to user  before installation     The program supports more operation environments that are listed in  Chapter 1  Chapter 1 also describe the new features such as the multi   language support include English  Deutsch and Japanese for the software  GUI and online help  The auto complete feature is added  This feature saves  time when user is trying to connect a RAID system by typing in an IP  address that was previously connected in the connection window     The typical program installation opinion is newly provided while installing  RAIDWatch  The option is fully described in 
270. vices may only support narrow transfer  and behave abnormally when attempting to negotiate wide transfer  Under  such conditions  wide transfer may need to be disabled  forcing the  controller to use narrow transfer mode with that device     W IMPORTANT     Every time you change the transfer speed  you must reset the controller  for the changes to take effect     ID Pool   AID   BID    The selection with AID  Slot A controller ID  and BID  Slot B controller  ID  only appears with controller subsystems that come with dual redundant  RAID controllers     This parameter sets the IDs to appear on the host channels  Each channel  must have a unique ID in order to work properly  For a SCSI host  subsystem  IDs range from 0 to 15  For an iSCSI host subsystem  IDs range  from 0 to 3  For a Fibre host controller subsystem  IDs range from 0 to 125   ID 0 is the default value assigned for host channels on SCSI host and iSCSI   host subsystems and ID 112 113 is the default value assigned for host  channels on Fibre host controller subsystems  Preset IDs are available with  drive channels and it is recommended to keep the defaults     For more information on host channel and drive channel IDs  please refer to  the Generic Operation Manual and the hardware documentation that came  with your controller subsystems     Setting the Configurations for a Channel      Step 1  Single click under the Channel window to select a corresponding    channel  Channel icons are displayed in the left side p
271. volume will now have a new last partition the same  size as the expansion  Right click the expanded volume and  select the Edit Partition command to look at the partition verify  this     9 3 4 Deleting an LV       Step 1  Select the configured volume you wish to remove with a single  mouse click  Right click the adjacent area to display a command  menu  As shown in Figure 9 22  all the LVs that have been  created will appear below the Logical Volume Status panel     Logical Volume Management    Chapter 9  Drive Management    Logical Volume Status            View Logical Volume  Edit Partition                Delete Logical Volume    Click to select a logical volume from the list above     Members   Logical Volume Parameters    BF C 36724216  Size BOOM  Good   M io  2068945  size  200MB Good           Expand   Properties      Available Expand Size  max  0 MB fo  Expand         Figure 9 22  Displaying Logical Volume Edit Mode Menu    Qum  Qj Step 2  You will be asked to confirm that you wish to delete the selected  LV  If you are certain that you want to delete the LV then select  OK  The logical volume will be deleted and removed from the  logical volumes list     9 4  Partitioning a Logical Configuration    9 4 1 Overview    Partitions can be created in both logical drives  LD  and logical volumes   LV   Depending on your specific needs  you can partition an LD or LV  into smaller sizes or just leave it at its default size  that is  one large  partition covering the entire LD
272. you to change various system  preferences options     This window uses tabbed panels to provide access to the functional sub   windows  Each sub window provides configurable options using check  boxes  check circles  or pull down menus  Clicking Apply button will  complete the configuration process  A mixture of message prompts  file path  windows  text fields  and confirm boxes ensure ease of use  Refer to  Chapter 7 for details of each configuration options     6 9 Arranging Windows    6 28    Each array configuration window is enveloped in a system view window   The system view window is the area where you interact with RAIDWatch  program  You can use the mouse to choose commands from outer shell  Window menu to enlarge  shrink or rearrange currently opened system view    Arranging Windows    Chapter 6  Basic Operations    window s  on your screen  You may also select each connected system by  clicking the listed systems at the bottom of the Window menu                   E Logical Volume Information      ef Fibre Channel Status  Lj  System Information   j  Statistics   c Maintenance       I Logical Drives     e Physical Drives        E bask Schedules                                                 2002 07 03 01 02 09 Controller Initialization Completed       Configuration List      Event Log List    Figure 6 33  The  Outer Shell  System View Window    The window menu includes the following commands        Next Window  The Next Window command change which window  is active 
273. your cursor on a specific item to display its device category        System Information 11 12    Chapter 11  System Monitoring and Management    Component status is constantly refreshed  yet the refresh time depends on  the value set for device bus polling intervals  e g   polling period set for  SAF TE or SES devices     The EonStor subsystem series supports auto polling of cascaded  enclosures  meaning the status of a connected enclosure is automatically  added to the System Information window without the user s intervention     11 6 Statistics    11 13    RAIDWatch Manager includes a statistics monitoring feature to report  the overall performance of the disk array system  This feature provides a  continually updated real time report on the current throughput of the  system  displaying the number of bytes being read and written per  second  and the percentage of data access being cached in memory   These values are displayed by numeric value and as a graph     System Action        L    ATGF G1A2 Array  192 1 68 4 172        Information    Je   Entcle amp urne View    Statistics    Operation Description        T Tasks Under Process   71  4 Logical Dive Information  T    Logical Volume Information         de Fibre Channel Status     F Cache Drty  3s  5840       iG  System Information      d 9 Maintenance  C Logical Dives  da     Physical Drives   E Task Schedules    r Configuration  Figure 11 12  Statistics Display Window    To access the Statistics window  click on the Stat
    
Download Pdf Manuals
 
 
    
Related Search
    
Related Contents
PalmTool User Manual  有機肥料散布機 MB407  Sony Pacemaker cma-d5 User's Manual  SicherheitsProfi 3/2011 - Berufsgenossenschaft für Transport und  MODEL Ultra-UV-R  Sony PSP-2006 User's Manual  User Manual MP135E - Physik Instrumente  SP 6430DN_Eco Dec    Copyright © All rights reserved. 
   Failed to retrieve file